Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 5680:4d12112c5efa v7.4.186
updated for version 7.4.186
Problem: Insert in Visual mode sometimes gives incorrect results.
(Dominique Pelle)
Solution: Remember the original insert start position. (Christian Brabandt,
Dominique Pelle)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 22 Feb 2014 23:03:55 +0100 |
| parents | a95a151402be |
| children | 50dbef5e774a |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 139 | |
| 449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 171 #endif |
| 659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 188 | |
| 661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 201 #endif |
| 5434 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); |
| 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 215 #endif | |
| 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 222 #endif | |
| 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 234 #endif |
| 692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 237 #endif | |
| 7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 449 | 256 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 257 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 258 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 259 #endif | |
| 260 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 262 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 263 #endif | |
| 7 | 264 |
| 265 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 5680 | 267 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ |
| 7 | 268 |
| 269 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 270 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 271 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 272 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 273 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 274 |
| 275 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 276 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 277 #endif | |
| 278 | |
| 279 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 280 | |
| 281 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 282 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 283 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 284 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 285 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 286 #endif |
| 287 | |
| 288 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 289 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 290 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 291 | |
| 292 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 293 under the cursor */ | |
| 294 | |
| 295 /* | |
| 296 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 297 * | |
| 298 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 299 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 300 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 301 * 'R' replace command | |
| 302 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 303 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 304 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 305 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 306 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 307 * | |
| 308 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 309 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 310 * | |
| 311 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 312 */ | |
| 313 int | |
| 314 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 315 int cmdchar; | |
| 316 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 317 long count; | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 int c = 0; | |
| 320 char_u *ptr; | |
| 321 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 322 int mincol; |
| 7 | 323 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 324 int i; | |
| 325 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 326 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 327 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 328 #endif | |
| 329 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 330 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 331 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 332 #endif | |
| 333 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 334 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 335 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 336 |
| 603 | 337 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 338 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 339 | |
| 7 | 340 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 341 * error message */ | |
| 342 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 343 | |
| 5680 | 344 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ |
| 345 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; | |
| 346 | |
| 7 | 347 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX |
| 348 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 349 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 352 return FALSE; | |
| 353 } | |
| 354 #endif | |
| 632 | 355 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 356 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 357 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 358 { |
| 359 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 360 return FALSE; | |
| 361 } | |
| 7 | 362 |
| 363 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 364 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 365 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 366 { |
| 367 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 368 return FALSE; | |
| 369 } | |
| 7 | 370 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 371 #endif | |
| 372 | |
| 11 | 373 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 374 /* | |
| 375 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 376 */ | |
| 377 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 378 { | |
| 4027 | 379 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 380 | |
| 532 | 381 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 382 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 383 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 384 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 385 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 386 else | |
| 387 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 388 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 4448 | 389 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ |
| 532 | 390 # endif |
| 11 | 391 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 4027 | 392 |
| 4448 | 393 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in |
| 394 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet | |
| 395 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with | |
| 396 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the | |
| 397 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). | |
| 398 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ | |
| 399 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) | |
| 400 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 401 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL | |
| 402 # endif | |
| 403 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4027 | 404 { |
| 405 int save_state = State; | |
| 406 | |
| 407 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; | |
| 408 State = INSERT; | |
| 409 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 410 State = save_state; | |
| 411 } | |
| 11 | 412 } |
| 413 #endif | |
| 414 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
415 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
416 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
417 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
418 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
419 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
420 |
| 7 | 421 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 422 /* | |
| 423 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 424 * where the paste started. | |
| 425 */ | |
| 426 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 427 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 428 else | |
| 429 #endif | |
| 430 { | |
| 431 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 432 if (startln) | |
| 433 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 434 } | |
| 1869 | 435 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 436 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 437 if (!did_ai) | |
| 438 ai_col = 0; | |
| 439 | |
| 440 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 441 { | |
| 442 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 443 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 444 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 445 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 448 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 449 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 else | |
| 452 #endif | |
| 453 { | |
| 454 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 455 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 456 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 457 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 458 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 465 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 466 { | |
| 467 beep_flush(); | |
| 468 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 469 State = INSERT; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 else | |
| 472 #endif | |
| 473 State = REPLACE; | |
| 474 } | |
| 475 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 476 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 477 { | |
| 478 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 479 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 480 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 481 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 #endif | |
| 484 else | |
| 485 State = INSERT; | |
| 486 | |
| 487 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 488 | |
| 489 /* | |
| 490 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 491 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 492 */ | |
| 493 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 496 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 497 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 498 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 499 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 500 */ | |
| 501 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 502 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 503 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 504 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 505 #endif | |
| 506 | |
| 507 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 508 setmouse(); | |
| 509 #endif | |
| 510 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 511 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 512 #endif | |
| 513 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 514 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 515 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 516 if (revins_on) | |
| 517 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 518 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 519 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 520 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 521 #endif | |
| 522 | |
| 523 /* | |
| 524 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 525 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 526 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 527 */ | |
| 528 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 529 { | |
| 530 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 531 /* | |
| 532 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 533 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 534 */ | |
| 535 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 536 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 537 else | |
| 538 #endif | |
| 539 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 540 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 541 | |
| 542 /* | |
| 543 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 544 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 545 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 546 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 547 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 548 */ | |
| 549 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 550 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 551 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 552 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 553 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 554 { | |
| 555 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 556 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 558 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 559 { | |
| 474 | 560 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 561 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 562 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 563 } | |
| 564 #endif | |
| 565 } | |
| 230 | 566 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 567 } |
| 568 else | |
| 569 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 570 | |
| 571 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 572 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 573 | |
| 574 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 575 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 576 | |
| 577 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 578 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 579 #endif | |
| 580 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 581 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 582 #endif | |
| 583 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 584 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 585 * restarting. */ | |
| 586 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 587 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 588 #endif | |
| 589 | |
| 590 /* | |
| 591 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 592 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 593 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 594 */ | |
| 595 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 596 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 597 i = showmode(); |
| 598 | |
| 599 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 600 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 601 |
| 602 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 603 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 604 #endif | |
| 605 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 606 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 | |
| 603 | 609 /* |
| 610 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 611 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 612 */ | |
| 7 | 613 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 614 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 615 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 616 else | |
| 617 { | |
| 618 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 619 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 620 } | |
| 621 | |
| 622 old_indent = 0; | |
| 623 | |
| 624 /* | |
| 625 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 626 */ | |
| 627 for (;;) | |
| 628 { | |
| 629 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 630 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 631 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 632 else | |
| 633 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 634 #endif | |
| 635 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 636 count = 0; | |
| 637 | |
| 5680 | 638 if (update_Insstart_orig) |
| 639 Insstart_orig = Insstart; | |
| 640 | |
| 7 | 641 if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 642 { | |
| 643 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 644 count = 0; | |
| 645 goto doESCkey; | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 | |
| 648 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 649 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 650 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 651 | |
| 652 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 653 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 654 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 657 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 658 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 659 } | |
| 660 | |
| 661 /* | |
| 662 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 663 */ | |
| 664 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 665 | |
| 666 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 667 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 668 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 669 * autocommand. */ | |
| 670 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 671 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 672 #endif | |
| 673 | |
| 674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 675 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 676 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 677 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 678 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 679 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 680 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 681 #endif | |
| 682 | |
| 683 /* | |
| 684 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 685 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 686 * redraw. | |
| 687 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 688 * something. | |
| 689 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 690 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 691 */ | |
| 692 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 693 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 694 && !did_backspace | |
| 695 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 696 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 697 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 698 #endif | |
| 699 ) | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 702 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 703 | |
| 1869 | 704 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 705 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 706 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 707 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 708 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 709 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 710 #endif | |
| 711 )) | |
| 712 { | |
| 713 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 714 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 715 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 716 else | |
| 717 #endif | |
| 718 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 719 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 720 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 721 else | |
| 722 #endif | |
| 723 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 724 } | |
| 725 } | |
| 726 | |
| 727 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 728 update_topline(); | |
| 729 | |
| 730 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 731 | |
| 732 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 733 | |
| 734 /* | |
| 735 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 736 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 737 */ | |
| 661 | 738 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 739 |
| 740 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 741 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 742 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 743 #endif | |
| 744 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
745 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
746 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
747 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
748 #endif |
| 7 | 749 update_curswant(); |
| 750 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 751 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 752 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 753 #endif | |
| 754 | |
| 755 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 756 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 757 #endif | |
| 758 | |
| 759 /* | |
| 1526 | 760 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 761 */ |
| 762 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 763 do |
| 764 { | |
| 765 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 766 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 767 |
| 978 | 768 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 769 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 770 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 771 #endif | |
| 772 | |
| 7 | 773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 774 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 775 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 776 #endif | |
| 777 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 778 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 779 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 780 #endif | |
| 781 | |
| 782 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 783 /* |
| 784 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 785 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 786 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 787 */ |
| 897 | 788 if (compl_started |
| 789 && pum_wanted() | |
| 790 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 791 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 792 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 793 { |
| 794 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 795 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 796 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 797 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 798 continue; |
| 799 | |
| 659 | 800 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 801 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 802 { |
| 659 | 803 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 804 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 805 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 806 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 807 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 808 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 809 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 810 { |
| 811 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 812 continue; | |
| 813 } | |
| 814 | |
| 1430 | 815 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 816 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 817 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 818 { |
| 3390 | 819 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 820 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 821 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 822 char_u *p; | |
| 823 | |
| 824 if (str != NULL) | |
| 825 { | |
| 826 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 827 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 828 vim_free(str); | |
| 829 } | |
| 830 else | |
| 831 #endif | |
| 832 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 833 continue; |
| 834 } | |
| 665 | 835 |
| 887 | 836 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 837 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 838 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 839 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 840 { |
| 841 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 842 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 843 } | |
| 657 | 844 } |
| 845 } | |
| 846 | |
| 7 | 847 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 848 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 849 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 850 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 851 continue; |
| 7 | 852 #endif |
| 853 | |
| 477 | 854 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 855 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 856 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 857 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 858 { | |
| 859 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 860 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 861 ++no_mapping; |
| 862 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 863 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 864 --no_mapping; |
| 865 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 866 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 867 { |
| 477 | 868 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 869 vungetc(c); |
| 870 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 871 } | |
| 872 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 873 continue; | |
| 874 else | |
| 875 { | |
| 477 | 876 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 877 { | |
| 878 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 879 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 880 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 881 } | |
| 7 | 882 count = 0; |
| 883 goto doESCkey; | |
| 884 } | |
| 885 } | |
| 886 | |
| 887 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 888 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 889 #endif | |
| 890 | |
| 891 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 892 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 893 goto docomplete; | |
| 894 #endif | |
| 895 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 898 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 899 continue; | |
| 900 } | |
| 901 | |
| 902 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 903 if (cindent_on() | |
| 904 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 905 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 906 # endif | |
| 907 ) | |
| 908 { | |
| 909 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 910 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 911 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 912 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 913 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 914 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 915 goto force_cindent; | |
| 916 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 917 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 918 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 919 } | |
| 920 #endif | |
| 921 | |
| 922 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 923 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 924 switch (c) | |
| 925 { | |
| 926 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 927 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 928 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 929 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 930 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 931 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 932 } | |
| 933 #endif | |
| 934 | |
| 935 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 936 /* | |
| 937 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 938 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 939 * characters. | |
| 940 */ | |
| 941 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 942 continue; | |
| 943 #endif | |
| 944 | |
| 945 /* | |
| 946 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 switch (c) | |
| 949 { | |
| 449 | 950 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 951 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 952 break; | |
| 953 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 954 | |
| 449 | 955 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 956 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 957 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 958 { | |
| 959 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 960 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 961 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 962 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 963 goto doESCkey; |
| 964 } | |
| 965 #endif | |
| 966 | |
| 967 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 968 do_intr: | |
| 969 #endif | |
| 970 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 971 * Insert mode */ | |
| 972 if (goto_im()) | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 if (got_int) | |
| 975 { | |
| 976 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 977 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 else | |
| 980 vim_beep(); | |
| 981 break; | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 doESCkey: | |
| 984 /* | |
| 985 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 986 */ | |
| 987 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 988 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 989 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 990 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 991 | |
| 477 | 992 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 993 { |
| 994 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 995 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 996 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 997 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 998 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 999 #endif |
| 7 | 1000 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 1001 } |
| 7 | 1002 continue; |
| 1003 | |
| 449 | 1004 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 1005 if (!p_im) | |
| 1006 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 1007 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 1008 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 1009 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 1012 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 1013 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 1014 goto docomplete; |
| 1015 #endif | |
| 1016 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1017 break; | |
| 1018 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 1019 |
| 1020 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1021 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 1022 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 1023 { | |
| 1024 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 1025 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 1026 } | |
| 1027 #endif | |
| 449 | 1028 count = 0; |
| 1029 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1030 | |
| 464 | 1031 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1032 case K_KINS: | |
| 1033 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1034 break; | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1037 break; | |
| 1038 | |
| 449 | 1039 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1040 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1041 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1042 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1043 #endif | |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1046 case K_F1: | |
| 1047 case K_XF1: | |
| 1048 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1049 if (p_im) | |
| 1050 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1051 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1054 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1055 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1056 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1057 --no_mapping; |
| 1058 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1059 break; | |
| 1060 #endif | |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1063 case NUL: |
| 1064 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1065 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1066 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1067 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1068 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1069 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1070 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1071 break; | |
| 1072 | |
| 449 | 1073 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1074 ins_reg(); |
| 1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1076 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1077 break; | |
| 1078 | |
| 449 | 1079 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1080 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1081 break; | |
| 1082 | |
| 449 | 1083 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1084 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1085 break; |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1088 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1089 if (!p_ari) |
| 1090 goto normalchar; | |
| 1091 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1092 break; | |
| 1093 #endif | |
| 1094 | |
| 449 | 1095 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1096 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1097 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1098 goto docomplete; | |
| 1099 #endif | |
| 1100 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1101 | |
| 449 | 1102 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1103 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1104 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 449 | 1106 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1107 goto docomplete; | |
| 1108 break; | |
| 7 | 1109 } |
| 1110 # endif | |
| 1111 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1112 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1113 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1114 break; | |
| 1115 | |
| 449 | 1116 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1117 case K_KDEL: |
| 1118 ins_del(); | |
| 1119 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1120 break; | |
| 1121 | |
| 449 | 1122 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1123 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1124 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1125 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1126 break; | |
| 1127 | |
| 449 | 1128 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1129 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1130 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1131 break; | |
| 1132 | |
| 449 | 1133 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1134 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1135 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1136 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1137 goto docomplete; |
| 1138 # endif | |
| 7 | 1139 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1140 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1141 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1142 break; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1145 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1146 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1147 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1148 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1149 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1150 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1151 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1152 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1153 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1154 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1155 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1156 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1157 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1158 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1159 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1160 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1161 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1162 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1163 break; | |
| 1164 | |
| 449 | 1165 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1166 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1167 break; |
| 1168 | |
| 449 | 1169 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1170 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1171 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1173 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1174 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1175 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1176 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1177 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1178 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1179 break; |
| 1180 #endif | |
| 692 | 1181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1182 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1183 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1184 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1185 break; | |
| 1186 #endif | |
| 7 | 1187 |
| 449 | 1188 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1189 break; |
| 1190 | |
| 661 | 1191 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1192 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1193 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1194 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1195 break; | |
| 1196 #endif | |
| 1197 | |
| 625 | 1198 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1199 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1200 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1201 case K_F4: | |
| 1202 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1203 goto normalchar; | |
| 1204 break; | |
| 1205 #endif | |
| 1206 | |
| 7 | 1207 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1208 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1209 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1210 break; | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1213 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1214 break; | |
| 1215 #endif | |
| 1216 | |
| 449 | 1217 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1218 case K_KHOME: |
| 1219 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1220 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1221 ins_home(c); | |
| 1222 break; | |
| 1223 | |
| 449 | 1224 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1225 case K_KEND: |
| 1226 case K_S_END: | |
| 1227 case K_C_END: | |
| 1228 ins_end(c); | |
| 1229 break; | |
| 1230 | |
| 449 | 1231 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1232 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1233 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1234 else | |
| 1235 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1236 break; |
| 1237 | |
| 449 | 1238 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1239 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1240 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1241 break; | |
| 1242 | |
| 449 | 1243 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1244 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1245 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1246 else | |
| 1247 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1248 break; |
| 1249 | |
| 449 | 1250 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1251 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1252 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1253 break; | |
| 1254 | |
| 449 | 1255 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1256 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1257 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1258 goto docomplete; | |
| 1259 #endif | |
| 180 | 1260 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1261 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1264 break; |
| 1265 | |
| 449 | 1266 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1267 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1268 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1269 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1270 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1271 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1272 #endif |
| 7 | 1273 ins_pageup(); |
| 1274 break; | |
| 1275 | |
| 449 | 1276 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1277 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1278 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1279 goto docomplete; | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 180 | 1281 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1282 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1283 else | |
| 1284 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1285 break; |
| 1286 | |
| 449 | 1287 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1288 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1289 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1290 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1291 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1292 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1293 #endif |
| 7 | 1294 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1295 break; | |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1298 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1299 ins_drop(); |
| 1300 break; | |
| 1301 #endif | |
| 1302 | |
| 449 | 1303 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1304 c = TAB; |
| 1305 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1306 | |
| 449 | 1307 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1308 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1309 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1310 goto docomplete; | |
| 1311 #endif | |
| 1312 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1313 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1314 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1315 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1316 break; | |
| 1317 | |
| 449 | 1318 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1319 c = CAR; |
| 1320 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1321 case CAR: | |
| 1322 case NL: | |
| 1323 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1324 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1325 * cursor. */ | |
| 1326 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1327 { | |
| 644 | 1328 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1329 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1330 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1331 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1332 break; |
| 1333 } | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1336 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1339 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1340 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 #endif | |
| 1343 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1344 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1345 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1346 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1347 break; | |
| 1348 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1349 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1350 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1351 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1352 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1353 { | |
| 449 | 1354 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1355 goto docomplete; | |
| 1356 break; | |
| 7 | 1357 } |
| 1358 # endif | |
| 1359 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1360 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1361 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1362 break; | |
| 1363 # endif | |
| 1364 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1365 #endif |
| 7 | 1366 |
| 1367 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1368 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1369 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1370 break; | |
| 1371 | |
| 449 | 1372 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1373 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1374 goto normalchar; | |
| 1375 goto docomplete; | |
| 1376 | |
| 449 | 1377 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1378 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1379 goto normalchar; | |
| 1380 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1381 |
| 1382 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1383 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1384 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1385 goto normalchar; | |
| 1386 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1387 #endif |
| 1388 | |
| 449 | 1389 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1390 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1391 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1392 #endif | |
| 1393 { | |
| 1394 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1395 if (p_im) | |
| 1396 { | |
| 1397 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1398 break; | |
| 1399 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1400 } | |
| 1401 goto normalchar; | |
| 1402 } | |
| 1403 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1404 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1405 | |
| 449 | 1406 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1407 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1408 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1409 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1410 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1411 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1412 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1413 goto normalchar; |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1416 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1417 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1418 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1419 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1420 break; |
| 1421 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1422 | |
| 449 | 1423 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1424 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1425 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1426 break; |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 default: | |
| 1429 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1430 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1431 goto do_intr; | |
| 1432 #endif | |
| 1433 | |
| 2845 | 1434 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1435 /* |
| 4352 | 1436 * Insert a normal character. |
| 7 | 1437 */ |
| 2845 | 1438 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1439 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1440 { | |
| 3390 | 1441 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1442 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1443 char_u *p; | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1446 { |
| 3390 | 1447 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1448 { |
| 3390 | 1449 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1450 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1451 { |
| 3390 | 1452 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1453 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1454 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1455 else | |
| 1456 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1457 } |
| 3390 | 1458 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1459 } |
| 3390 | 1460 vim_free(str); |
| 1461 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1462 } |
| 1463 | |
| 3390 | 1464 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1465 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1466 if (c == NUL) |
| 1467 break; | |
| 1468 } | |
| 1469 #endif | |
| 7 | 1470 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1471 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1472 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1473 #endif | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1476 { | |
| 1477 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1478 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1479 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1480 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1481 #endif | |
| 1482 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1483 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1484 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1485 } | |
| 1486 | |
| 3448 | 1487 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1488 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1489 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1490 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1492 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1493 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1494 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1495 #endif | |
| 3584 | 1496 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1497 { |
| 1498 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1499 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1500 revins_legal++; | |
| 1501 revins_chars++; | |
| 1502 #endif | |
| 1503 } | |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1508 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1509 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1510 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1511 #endif | |
| 1512 break; | |
| 1513 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1514 | |
| 978 | 1515 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1516 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1517 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1518 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1519 #endif | |
| 1520 | |
| 7 | 1521 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1522 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1523 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1526 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1527 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1528 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1529 # endif | |
| 1530 ) | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 force_cindent: | |
| 1533 /* | |
| 1534 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1535 */ | |
| 1536 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1537 { | |
| 1538 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1539 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1540 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1546 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1551 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1552 * option work correctly. | |
| 1553 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1554 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1555 */ | |
| 1556 static void | |
| 661 | 1557 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1558 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1559 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1560 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1561 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1562 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1563 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1564 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
| 5592 | 1566 if (char_avail()) |
| 1567 return; | |
| 1568 | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 5592 | 1570 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1571 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
| 1572 if (ready && ( | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5592 | 1574 has_cursormovedI() |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 5592 | 1577 || |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1578 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1579 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 5592 | 1580 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
| 1581 # endif | |
| 1582 ) | |
| 1583 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) | |
| 1584 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1585 && !pum_visible() | |
| 1586 # endif | |
| 1587 ) | |
| 1588 { | |
| 1589 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1590 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1591 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1592 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1593 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
| 1594 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) | |
| 1595 update_screen(0); | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 # endif |
| 5592 | 1597 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1598 if (has_cursormovedI()) | |
| 1599 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1600 # endif | |
| 1601 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL | |
| 1602 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) | |
| 1603 { | |
| 1604 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; | |
| 1605 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1606 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; | |
| 1607 } | |
| 1608 # endif | |
| 1609 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 #endif | |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1614 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ | |
| 1615 if (ready && has_textchangedI() | |
| 1616 && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick | |
| 794 | 1617 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1618 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1619 # endif |
| 5592 | 1620 ) |
| 1621 { | |
| 1622 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) | |
| 1623 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1624 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; | |
| 1625 last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick; | |
| 1626 } | |
| 1627 #endif | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 if (must_redraw) | |
| 1630 update_screen(0); | |
| 1631 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1632 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
| 1633 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) | |
| 1634 if ((conceal_update_lines | |
| 1635 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line | |
| 1636 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) | |
| 1637 || need_cursor_line_redraw) | |
| 1638 { | |
| 1639 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) | |
| 1640 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); | |
| 1641 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 | |
| 1642 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); | |
| 1643 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; | |
| 1644 } | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1645 # endif |
| 5592 | 1646 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1647 setcursor(); | |
| 1648 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 7 | 1649 } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 /* | |
| 1652 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1653 */ | |
| 1654 static void | |
| 1655 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1656 { | |
| 1657 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1658 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1659 |
| 1660 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1661 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1662 |
| 1663 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1664 { |
| 7 | 1665 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1666 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1667 } | |
| 7 | 1668 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1671 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1672 #endif | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1675 if (did_putchar) |
| 1676 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1677 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1678 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1679 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1680 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1681 #endif | |
| 1682 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1683 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1684 revins_chars++; | |
| 1685 revins_legal++; | |
| 1686 #endif | |
| 1687 } | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 /* | |
| 1690 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1691 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1692 */ | |
| 1693 static int pc_status; | |
| 1694 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1695 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1696 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1697 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1698 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1699 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1700 static int pc_row; | |
| 1701 static int pc_col; | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 void | |
| 1704 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1705 int c; | |
| 1706 int highlight; | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 int attr; | |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1711 { | |
| 1712 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1713 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1714 if (highlight) | |
| 1715 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1716 else | |
| 1717 attr = 0; | |
| 1718 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1719 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1720 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1721 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1722 #endif | |
| 1723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1724 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1727 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1728 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1733 { | |
| 1734 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1735 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1736 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 # endif | |
| 1740 } | |
| 1741 else | |
| 1742 #endif | |
| 1743 { | |
| 1744 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1746 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1747 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1748 #endif | |
| 1749 } | |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1752 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1753 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1754 #endif | |
| 1755 { | |
| 1756 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1757 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1758 } | |
| 1759 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 } | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 /* | |
| 1764 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 void | |
| 1767 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1770 { | |
| 1771 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1772 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1773 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1774 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1775 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1776 else | |
| 1777 #endif | |
| 1778 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1779 } | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 /* | |
| 1783 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1784 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1785 */ | |
| 1786 void | |
| 1787 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1788 colnr_T col; | |
| 1789 { | |
| 1790 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1793 return; | |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 cursor_off(); | |
| 1796 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1797 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1799 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1800 { | |
| 1801 char_u *p; | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1804 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1805 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1806 } | |
| 1807 #endif | |
| 1808 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1809 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1810 { | |
| 1811 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1812 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1813 } | |
| 1814 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1819 * in insert mode. | |
| 1820 */ | |
| 1821 static void | |
| 1822 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1823 { | |
| 3318 | 1824 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1825 { | |
| 1826 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1827 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1828 } | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 /* | |
| 1832 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1833 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1834 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1835 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1836 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1837 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1838 */ | |
| 1839 void | |
| 1516 | 1840 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1841 int type; |
| 1842 int amount; | |
| 1843 int round; | |
| 1844 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1845 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1846 { |
| 1847 int vcol; | |
| 1848 int last_vcol; | |
| 1849 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1850 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1851 int i; | |
| 1852 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1853 int save_p_list; | |
| 1854 int start_col; | |
| 1855 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1856 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1857 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1858 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1861 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1864 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 #endif | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1869 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1870 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1871 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1872 vcol = vc; | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* | |
| 1875 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1876 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1877 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1882 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1883 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1884 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 /* | |
| 1889 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1890 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1893 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1896 start_col = -1; | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 /* | |
| 1899 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1900 */ | |
| 1901 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1902 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1903 else |
| 1904 { | |
| 1905 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1906 int save_State = State; | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1909 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1910 State = INSERT; | |
| 1911 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1912 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1913 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1914 State = save_State; | |
| 1915 #endif | |
| 1916 } | |
| 1917 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 /* | |
| 1920 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1921 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1922 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1923 * non-blank character. | |
| 1924 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1925 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1926 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1927 */ | |
| 1928 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 /* | |
| 1931 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1932 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1933 */ | |
| 1934 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1935 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1936 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1939 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1940 else | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 /* | |
| 1943 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1944 */ | |
| 1945 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1946 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1947 |
| 1948 /* | |
| 1949 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1950 */ | |
| 1951 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1952 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1953 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1954 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1955 { | |
| 1956 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1958 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1959 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1960 else |
| 1961 #endif | |
| 1962 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1963 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1964 } | |
| 1965 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 /* | |
| 1968 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1969 * the right screen column. | |
| 1970 */ | |
| 1971 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1869 | 1973 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1974 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1975 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1976 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1977 { | |
| 1978 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1979 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1980 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1981 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1982 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1983 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 } | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 /* | |
| 1988 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1989 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1990 */ | |
| 1991 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1998 else | |
| 1869 | 1999 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 2000 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 2001 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 /* | |
| 2004 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 2005 */ | |
| 2006 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 2009 { | |
| 2010 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 2011 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 2012 else | |
| 2013 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 2016 ai_col = 0; | |
| 2017 else | |
| 2018 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* | |
| 2022 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 2023 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 2024 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 2025 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 2026 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 2027 */ | |
| 2028 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 2031 { | |
| 2032 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2033 --start_col; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 2036 { | |
| 2037 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2038 if (replaced) | |
| 2039 { | |
| 2040 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 2041 replaced = NUL; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 ++start_col; | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2048 /* | |
| 2049 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2050 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2051 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2052 */ | |
| 2053 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2056 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2057 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2058 return; | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2061 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2062 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2063 return; | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2066 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2069 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2073 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2076 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2079 } | |
| 2080 #endif | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 /* | |
| 2084 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2085 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2086 * modes. | |
| 2087 */ | |
| 2088 void | |
| 2089 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2090 char_u *line; | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 int i; | |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2095 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2098 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2099 } | |
| 2100 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2104 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2105 /* | |
| 2106 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2107 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2108 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2109 * character. | |
| 7 | 2110 */ |
| 2111 void | |
| 2112 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2113 int col; | |
| 2114 { | |
| 2115 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2118 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2119 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2120 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2121 break; | |
| 2122 } | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 #endif | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 /* | |
| 2127 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2128 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2129 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2130 */ | |
| 2131 static int | |
| 2132 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2133 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2134 { |
| 2135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2136 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2137 { | |
| 1869 | 2138 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2139 |
| 2140 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2141 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2142 * composing character. */ | |
| 2143 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2144 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2145 { |
| 2146 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2149 break; | |
| 2150 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2151 } | |
| 2152 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2153 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2154 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2155 } |
| 2156 else | |
| 2157 #endif | |
| 2158 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2159 return TRUE; | |
| 2160 } | |
| 7 | 2161 |
| 2162 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2163 /* | |
| 449 | 2164 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2165 */ | |
| 2166 static void | |
| 2167 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2170 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2171 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2174 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2175 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2176 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2177 else |
| 2178 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2179 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2180 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2181 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2182 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2183 showmode(); | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 /* | |
| 2188 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2189 */ | |
| 2190 static int | |
| 2191 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2192 int dict_opt; | |
| 2193 { | |
| 703 | 2194 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2195 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2196 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2197 # endif | |
| 2198 ) | |
| 449 | 2199 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2200 { | |
| 2201 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2202 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2203 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2204 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2205 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2206 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 vim_beep(); | |
| 2209 setcursor(); | |
| 2210 out_flush(); | |
| 2211 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2212 } | |
| 2213 return FALSE; | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 return TRUE; | |
| 2216 } | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 /* | |
| 7 | 2219 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2220 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2221 */ | |
| 2222 int | |
| 2223 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2224 int c; | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2227 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2228 return TRUE; | |
| 2229 | |
| 610 | 2230 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2231 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2232 return TRUE; |
| 2233 | |
| 7 | 2234 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2235 { | |
| 2236 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2237 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2238 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2239 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2240 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2241 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2242 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2243 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2244 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2245 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2246 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2247 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2248 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2249 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2250 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2251 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2252 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2253 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2254 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2255 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2256 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2257 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2258 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2259 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2260 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2261 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2262 #endif | |
| 2263 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2264 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2265 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2266 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2267 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2268 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2269 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2270 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2271 #endif |
| 477 | 2272 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2273 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2274 } |
| 2275 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2276 return FALSE; | |
| 2277 } | |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 /* | |
| 1430 | 2280 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2281 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2282 * is visible. | |
| 2283 */ | |
| 2284 static int | |
| 2285 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2286 int c; | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2289 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2290 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2293 { | |
| 2294 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2295 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2296 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2297 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2298 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2301 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2302 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2303 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2304 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2307 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2308 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2309 } | |
| 2310 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 /* | |
| 659 | 2314 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2315 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2316 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2317 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2318 */ | |
| 2319 int | |
| 681 | 2320 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2321 char_u *str; |
| 2322 int len; | |
| 681 | 2323 int icase; |
| 7 | 2324 char_u *fname; |
| 2325 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2326 int flags; |
| 7 | 2327 { |
| 1353 | 2328 char_u *p; |
| 2329 int i, c; | |
| 2330 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2331 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2332 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2333 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2334 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2335 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2336 |
| 1436 | 2337 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2338 { |
| 2339 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2343 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2344 { | |
| 2345 p = str; | |
| 2346 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2347 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2348 { | |
| 2349 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2350 ++actual_len; | |
| 2351 } | |
| 2352 } | |
| 2353 else | |
| 2354 #endif | |
| 2355 actual_len = len; | |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2359 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2360 { | |
| 2361 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2362 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2363 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2364 { |
| 1353 | 2365 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2366 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2367 } | |
| 2368 } | |
| 2369 else | |
| 2370 #endif | |
| 2371 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2372 | |
| 2177 | 2373 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2374 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2375 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2376 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2377 | |
| 1353 | 2378 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2379 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2380 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2381 { | |
| 2382 p = str; | |
| 2383 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2385 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2386 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2387 else | |
| 2388 #endif | |
| 2389 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2392 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2393 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2394 { |
| 2395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2396 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2397 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2398 else | |
| 2399 #endif | |
| 2400 c = *(p++); | |
| 2401 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2402 { |
| 1353 | 2403 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2404 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2405 { | |
| 2406 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2407 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2408 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2409 break; | |
| 2410 } | |
| 7 | 2411 } |
| 2412 } | |
| 1353 | 2413 |
| 2414 /* | |
| 2415 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2416 * upper case. | |
| 2417 */ | |
| 2418 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2419 { | |
| 2420 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2421 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2422 { |
| 2423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2424 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2425 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2426 else | |
| 2427 #endif | |
| 2428 c = *(p++); | |
| 2429 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2430 { | |
| 2431 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2432 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2433 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2434 break; | |
| 2435 } | |
| 2436 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2437 } | |
| 2438 } | |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2441 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2442 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2443 { |
| 1353 | 2444 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2445 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2446 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2447 else | |
| 2448 #endif | |
| 2449 c = *(p++); | |
| 2450 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2451 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2452 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2453 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2454 } |
| 1353 | 2455 |
| 1436 | 2456 /* |
| 1353 | 2457 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2458 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2459 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2460 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2461 */ | |
| 2462 p = IObuff; | |
| 2463 i = 0; | |
| 2464 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2466 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2467 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2468 else |
| 2469 #endif | |
| 2470 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2471 *p = NUL; | |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2474 } | |
| 7 | 2475 |
| 841 | 2476 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2477 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2480 } |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 /* | |
| 2483 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2484 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2485 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2486 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2487 */ |
| 841 | 2488 static int |
| 944 | 2489 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2490 char_u *str; |
| 2491 int len; | |
| 681 | 2492 int icase; |
| 7 | 2493 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2494 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2495 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2496 int flags; |
| 944 | 2497 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2498 { |
| 464 | 2499 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2500 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2501 |
| 2502 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2503 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2504 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2505 if (len < 0) |
| 2506 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 /* | |
| 2509 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2510 */ | |
| 944 | 2511 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2512 { |
| 2513 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2514 do |
| 2515 { | |
| 464 | 2516 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2517 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2518 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2519 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2520 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2521 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2522 } |
| 2523 | |
| 540 | 2524 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2525 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2526 | |
| 7 | 2527 /* |
| 2528 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2529 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2530 */ | |
| 659 | 2531 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2532 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2533 return FAIL; |
| 2534 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2535 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2536 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2537 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2538 { |
| 2539 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2540 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2541 } |
| 681 | 2542 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2543 |
| 7 | 2544 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2545 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2546 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2547 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2548 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2549 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2550 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2551 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2552 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2553 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2554 { | |
| 2555 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2556 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2557 } |
| 7 | 2558 else |
| 464 | 2559 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2560 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2561 |
| 2562 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 int i; | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2567 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2568 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2569 } | |
| 7 | 2570 |
| 2571 /* | |
| 2572 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2573 */ | |
| 449 | 2574 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2575 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2576 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2577 { | |
| 464 | 2578 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2579 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2580 } |
| 2581 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2582 { | |
| 464 | 2583 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2584 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2585 } | |
| 2586 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2587 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2588 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2589 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2590 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2591 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2592 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2593 |
| 665 | 2594 /* |
| 2595 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2596 */ | |
| 2597 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2598 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2599 | |
| 7 | 2600 return OK; |
| 2601 } | |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 /* | |
| 681 | 2604 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2605 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2606 */ | |
| 2607 static int | |
| 2608 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2609 compl_T *match; | |
| 2610 char_u *str; | |
| 2611 int len; | |
| 2612 { | |
| 2613 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2614 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2615 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 /* | |
| 665 | 2619 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2620 */ | |
| 2621 static void | |
| 2622 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2623 compl_T *match; | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2626 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2627 int had_match; |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2630 { |
| 665 | 2631 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2632 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2633 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2636 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2637 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2638 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2641 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2642 if (!had_match) | |
| 2643 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2644 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2645 } | |
| 2646 } | |
| 665 | 2647 else |
| 2648 { | |
| 2649 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2650 p = compl_leader; |
| 2651 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2652 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2653 { |
| 2654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2655 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2656 { | |
| 681 | 2657 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2658 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2659 } |
| 2660 else | |
| 2661 #endif | |
| 2662 { | |
| 681 | 2663 c1 = *p; |
| 2664 c2 = *s; | |
| 2665 } | |
| 2666 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2667 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2668 break; | |
| 2669 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2670 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2671 { | |
| 2672 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2673 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2674 } | |
| 2675 else | |
| 2676 #endif | |
| 2677 { | |
| 2678 ++p; | |
| 2679 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2680 } |
| 2681 } | |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2684 { | |
| 2685 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2686 *p = NUL; | |
| 2687 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2688 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2689 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2690 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2693 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2694 if (!had_match) | |
| 2695 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2696 } | |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2699 } | |
| 2700 } | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 /* | |
| 7 | 2703 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2704 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2705 */ | |
| 2706 static void | |
| 681 | 2707 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2708 int num_matches; |
| 2709 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2710 int icase; |
| 7 | 2711 { |
| 2712 int i; | |
| 2713 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2714 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2715 |
| 464 | 2716 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2717 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2718 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2719 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2720 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2721 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2722 } | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2725 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2726 */ | |
| 2727 static int | |
| 2728 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2729 { | |
| 464 | 2730 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2731 int count = 0; |
| 2732 | |
| 449 | 2733 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2734 { |
| 2735 /* | |
| 2736 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2737 */ | |
| 449 | 2738 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2739 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2740 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2741 { | |
| 2742 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2743 ++count; |
| 2744 } | |
| 464 | 2745 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2746 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2747 } |
| 2748 return count; | |
| 2749 } | |
| 2750 | |
| 724 | 2751 /* |
| 2752 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2753 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2754 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2755 */ | |
| 2756 void | |
| 2757 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2758 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2759 list_T *list; |
| 2760 { | |
| 2761 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2762 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2763 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2764 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2767 return; | |
| 2768 | |
| 2632 | 2769 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2770 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2771 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2772 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2773 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2774 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2775 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2776 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2777 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2778 return; |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2781 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2784 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2785 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2786 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2787 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2788 |
| 2789 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2790 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2791 out_flush(); | |
| 2792 } | |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | |
| 574 | 2795 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2796 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2797 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2798 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 /* | |
| 2801 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2802 */ | |
| 2803 static void | |
| 2804 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2805 { | |
| 2806 int h; | |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2809 { | |
| 2810 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2811 update_screen(0); | |
| 2812 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2813 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2814 } | |
| 2815 } | |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 /* | |
| 2818 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2819 */ | |
| 2820 static void | |
| 2821 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2822 { | |
| 2823 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2824 { | |
| 2825 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2826 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2827 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2828 } | |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 /* | |
| 2832 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2833 */ | |
| 2834 static int | |
| 2835 pum_wanted() | |
| 2836 { | |
| 707 | 2837 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2838 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2839 return FALSE; |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2842 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2844 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2845 #endif | |
| 2846 ) | |
| 2847 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2848 return TRUE; |
| 2849 } | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 /* | |
| 2852 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2853 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2854 */ |
| 2855 static int | |
| 707 | 2856 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2857 { |
| 2858 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2859 int i; | |
| 540 | 2860 |
| 2861 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2862 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2863 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2864 i = 0; | |
| 2865 do | |
| 2866 { | |
| 2867 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2868 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2869 break; | |
| 2870 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2871 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2872 | |
| 707 | 2873 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2874 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2875 return (i >= 2); |
| 2876 } | |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 /* | |
| 2879 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2880 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2881 */ |
| 648 | 2882 void |
| 540 | 2883 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2886 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2887 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2888 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2889 int i; |
| 2890 int cur = -1; | |
| 2891 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2892 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2893 | |
| 707 | 2894 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2895 return; |
| 2896 | |
| 794 | 2897 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2898 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2899 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2900 #endif | |
| 2901 | |
| 540 | 2902 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2903 update_screen(0); | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2906 { | |
| 2907 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2908 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2909 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2910 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2911 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2912 do |
| 2913 { | |
| 657 | 2914 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2915 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2916 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2917 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2918 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2919 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2920 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2921 return; | |
| 659 | 2922 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2923 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2924 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2925 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2926 { | |
| 829 | 2927 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2928 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2929 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2930 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2931 | |
| 540 | 2932 i = 0; |
| 2933 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2934 do | |
| 2935 { | |
| 657 | 2936 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2937 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2938 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2939 { |
| 659 | 2940 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2943 { | |
| 2944 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2945 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2946 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2947 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2948 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 else | |
| 2951 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2952 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2953 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2954 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2955 } |
| 786 | 2956 |
| 2957 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2958 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2959 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2960 else | |
| 2961 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2962 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2963 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2964 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2965 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2966 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2967 else |
| 2968 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2969 } | |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2972 { | |
| 2973 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2974 |
| 2975 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2976 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2977 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2978 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2979 | |
| 659 | 2980 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2981 { | |
| 2982 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2983 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2984 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2985 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2986 } | |
| 540 | 2987 } |
| 2988 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2989 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2990 |
| 2991 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2992 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2993 } |
| 2994 } | |
| 2995 else | |
| 2996 { | |
| 2997 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2998 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2999 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 3000 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 3001 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 3002 { |
| 3003 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 3004 break; |
| 829 | 3005 } |
| 540 | 3006 } |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 3009 { | |
| 3010 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 3011 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 3012 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3013 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 3014 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 3015 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 3016 } | |
| 3017 } | |
| 3018 | |
| 7 | 3019 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 3020 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 3021 |
| 7 | 3022 /* |
| 703 | 3023 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 3024 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 3025 */ |
| 3026 static void | |
| 703 | 3027 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 3028 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 3029 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 3030 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 3031 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 3032 { | |
| 3033 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 3034 char_u *ptr; |
| 3035 char_u *buf; | |
| 3036 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 3037 char_u **files; | |
| 3038 int count; | |
| 3039 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 3040 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 3041 |
| 703 | 3042 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 3043 { | |
| 744 | 3044 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3045 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 3046 * "spell". */ | |
| 3047 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3048 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3049 else | |
| 3050 #endif | |
| 3051 return; | |
| 3052 } | |
| 3053 | |
| 7 | 3054 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3055 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3056 return; | |
| 1074 | 3057 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3058 |
| 7 | 3059 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3060 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3061 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3062 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3063 |
| 3064 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3065 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3066 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 3067 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 3068 { | |
| 842 | 3069 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3070 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3071 |
| 3072 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3073 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3074 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3075 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3076 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3077 { |
| 3078 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3079 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3080 } |
| 1869 | 3081 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3082 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3083 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3084 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3085 } | |
| 3086 else | |
| 703 | 3087 { |
| 667 | 3088 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3089 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3090 goto theend; | |
| 3091 } | |
| 667 | 3092 |
| 7 | 3093 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3094 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3095 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3096 { |
| 3097 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3098 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3099 { | |
| 3100 count = 1; | |
| 3101 files = &dict; | |
| 3102 } | |
| 3103 else | |
| 3104 { | |
| 3105 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3106 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3107 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3108 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3109 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3110 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3111 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3112 else |
| 3113 # endif | |
| 3114 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3115 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3116 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3117 count = 0; | |
| 3118 } | |
| 3119 | |
| 744 | 3120 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3121 if (count == -1) |
| 3122 { | |
| 712 | 3123 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3124 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3125 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3126 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3127 else | |
| 3128 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3129 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3130 } |
| 3131 else | |
| 744 | 3132 # endif |
| 938 | 3133 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3134 { |
| 3135 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3136 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3137 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3138 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3141 break; |
| 3142 } | |
| 703 | 3143 |
| 3144 theend: | |
| 7 | 3145 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4448
diff
changeset
|
3146 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 3147 vim_free(buf); |
| 3148 } | |
| 3149 | |
| 703 | 3150 static void |
| 3151 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3152 int count; | |
| 3153 char_u **files; | |
| 3154 int thesaurus; | |
| 3155 int flags; | |
| 3156 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3157 char_u *buf; | |
| 3158 int *dir; | |
| 3159 { | |
| 3160 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3161 int i; | |
| 3162 FILE *fp; | |
| 3163 int add_r; | |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3166 { | |
| 3167 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3168 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3169 { | |
| 3170 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3171 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3172 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3173 } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 /* | |
| 3178 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3179 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3180 */ | |
| 3181 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3182 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3183 { | |
| 3184 ptr = buf; | |
| 3185 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3186 { | |
| 3187 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3188 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3189 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3190 else | |
| 3191 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3192 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3193 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3194 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3195 if (thesaurus) |
| 3196 { | |
| 3197 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 /* | |
| 3200 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3201 */ | |
| 1353 | 3202 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3203 while (!got_int) |
| 3204 { | |
| 3205 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3206 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3207 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3208 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3209 break; | |
| 3210 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3211 | |
| 1353 | 3212 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3214 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3215 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3216 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3217 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3218 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3219 { | |
| 3220 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3223 break; | |
| 3224 ptr += l; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 else | |
| 3227 #endif | |
| 3228 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3229 |
| 3230 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3231 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3232 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3233 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3234 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3235 } |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3238 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3239 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3240 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3241 break; | |
| 3242 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3243 * of line */ | |
| 3244 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3245 break; | |
| 3246 } | |
| 3247 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3248 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3249 } | |
| 3250 fclose(fp); | |
| 3251 } | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 | |
| 7 | 3255 /* |
| 3256 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3257 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3258 */ | |
| 3259 char_u * | |
| 3260 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3261 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3264 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3265 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3266 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3267 else |
| 3268 #endif | |
| 3269 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3270 ++ptr; | |
| 3271 return ptr; | |
| 3272 } | |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 /* | |
| 3275 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3276 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3277 */ | |
| 3278 char_u * | |
| 3279 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3280 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3283 int start_class; | |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3286 { | |
| 3287 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3288 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3289 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3290 { | |
| 474 | 3291 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3292 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3293 break; | |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 else | |
| 3297 #endif | |
| 3298 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3299 ++ptr; | |
| 3300 return ptr; | |
| 3301 } | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 /* | |
| 667 | 3304 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3305 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3306 */ | |
| 3307 static char_u * | |
| 3308 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3309 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3310 { | |
| 3311 char_u *s; | |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3314 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3315 --s; | |
| 3316 return s; | |
| 3317 } | |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 /* | |
| 7 | 3320 * Free the list of completions |
| 3321 */ | |
| 3322 static void | |
| 3323 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3324 { | |
| 464 | 3325 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3326 int i; |
| 7 | 3327 |
| 449 | 3328 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3329 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3330 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3331 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3332 |
| 3333 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3334 return; |
| 540 | 3335 |
| 3336 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3337 pum_clear(); | |
| 3338 | |
| 449 | 3339 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3340 do |
| 3341 { | |
| 449 | 3342 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3343 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3344 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3345 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3346 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3347 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3348 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3349 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3350 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3351 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3352 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3353 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3354 } |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 static void | |
| 3357 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3358 { | |
| 449 | 3359 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3360 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3361 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3362 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3363 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3364 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3365 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3366 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3367 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3368 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3369 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3370 } |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 /* | |
| 674 | 3373 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3374 */ | |
| 3375 int | |
| 3376 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 return compl_started; | |
| 3379 } | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 /* | |
| 659 | 3382 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3383 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3384 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3385 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3386 */ |
| 3387 static int | |
| 3388 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3389 { | |
| 3390 char_u *line; | |
| 3391 char_u *p; | |
| 3392 | |
| 836 | 3393 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3394 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3395 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3396 | |
| 1430 | 3397 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3398 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3399 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3400 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3401 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3402 return K_BS; |
| 3403 | |
| 874 | 3404 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3405 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3406 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3407 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3408 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3409 |
| 3410 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3411 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3412 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3413 { | |
| 874 | 3414 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 4205 | 3415 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) |
| 3416 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ | |
| 3417 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 874 | 3418 return NUL; |
| 3419 } | |
| 3420 return K_BS; | |
| 3421 } | |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 /* | |
| 3078 | 3424 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3425 * be called. | |
| 3426 */ | |
| 3427 static int | |
| 3428 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3429 { | |
| 3430 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3431 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3432 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3433 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3434 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3435 } | |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 /* | |
| 874 | 3438 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3439 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3440 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3441 */ | |
| 3442 static void | |
| 3443 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3444 { | |
| 3445 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3446 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3447 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3448 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 if (compl_started) | |
| 3451 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3452 else | |
| 3453 { | |
| 826 | 3454 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3455 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3456 #endif | |
| 3457 /* | |
| 3458 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3459 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3460 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3461 */ | |
| 3462 update_screen(0); | |
| 3463 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3464 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3465 { | |
| 3466 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3467 setcursor(); | |
| 3468 out_flush(); | |
| 3469 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3470 } | |
| 3471 #endif | |
| 3472 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3473 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3474 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3475 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3476 } | |
| 3477 | |
| 887 | 3478 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3479 |
| 3480 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3481 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3482 |
| 3483 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3484 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3485 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3486 } |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 /* | |
| 1782 | 3489 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3490 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3491 */ | |
| 3492 static int | |
| 3493 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3494 { | |
| 1869 | 3495 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3496 |
| 3497 if (off < 0) | |
| 3498 return 0; | |
| 3499 return off; | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 /* | |
| 657 | 3503 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3504 * matches. | |
| 3505 */ | |
| 3506 static void | |
| 3507 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3508 int c; | |
| 3509 { | |
| 3510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3511 int cc; | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3514 { | |
| 3515 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3518 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3519 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3612 | 3520 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3521 AppendToRedobuff(buf); | |
| 657 | 3522 } |
| 3523 else | |
| 3524 #endif | |
| 3602 | 3525 { |
| 657 | 3526 ins_char(c); |
| 3612 | 3527 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3528 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 3602 | 3529 } |
| 657 | 3530 |
| 874 | 3531 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3532 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3533 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3534 | |
| 3271 | 3535 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3612 | 3536 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would |
| 3271 | 3537 * break redo. */ |
| 3538 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3539 { | |
| 3540 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3541 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3542 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3543 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3544 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3545 } | |
| 874 | 3546 } |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 /* | |
| 3549 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3550 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3551 */ | |
| 3552 static void | |
| 3553 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3554 { | |
| 3555 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3556 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3557 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3558 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3559 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3560 } |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 /* | |
| 3563 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3564 */ | |
| 3565 static void | |
| 3566 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3567 char_u *str; | |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 char_u *p; | |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3572 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3575 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3578 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3579 } | |
| 657 | 3580 } |
| 3581 } | |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 /* | |
| 659 | 3584 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3585 * matches. | |
| 3586 */ | |
| 3587 static void | |
| 3588 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3589 { | |
| 3590 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3591 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3592 int c; |
| 887 | 3593 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3594 |
| 3595 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3596 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3597 { |
| 3598 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3599 * the leader. */ | |
| 3600 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3601 { | |
| 3602 p = NULL; | |
| 3603 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3604 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3605 { | |
| 987 | 3606 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3607 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3608 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3609 { | |
| 3610 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3611 break; | |
| 3612 } | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3615 return; | |
| 3616 } | |
| 3617 else | |
| 3618 return; | |
| 3619 } | |
| 659 | 3620 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3621 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3622 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3623 } | |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 /* | |
| 7 | 3626 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3627 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3628 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3629 */ |
| 540 | 3630 static int |
| 7 | 3631 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3632 int c; | |
| 3633 { | |
| 3634 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3635 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3636 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3637 |
| 3638 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3639 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3640 */ | |
| 3641 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3642 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3643 | |
| 1434 | 3644 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3645 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3646 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3647 return retval; |
| 7 | 3648 |
| 665 | 3649 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3650 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3651 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3652 { | |
| 3653 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3654 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3655 } | |
| 3656 | |
| 7 | 3657 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3658 { | |
| 3659 /* | |
| 3660 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3661 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3662 */ | |
| 3663 switch (c) | |
| 3664 { | |
| 3665 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3666 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3667 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3668 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3669 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3670 else | |
| 3671 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3672 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3673 showmode(); | |
| 3674 break; | |
| 3675 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3676 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3677 break; | |
| 3678 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3679 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3680 break; | |
| 3681 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3682 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3683 break; | |
| 3684 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3685 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3686 break; | |
| 3687 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3688 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3689 break; | |
| 12 | 3690 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3691 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3692 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3693 break; | |
| 449 | 3694 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3695 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3696 break; |
| 502 | 3697 #endif |
| 477 | 3698 case 's': |
| 3699 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3700 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3701 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3702 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3703 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3704 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3705 #endif |
| 477 | 3706 break; |
| 7 | 3707 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3708 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3709 break; | |
| 3710 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3711 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3712 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3713 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3714 break; | |
| 3715 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3716 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3717 break; | |
| 3718 #endif | |
| 3719 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3720 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3721 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3722 break; | |
| 3723 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3724 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3725 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3726 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3727 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3728 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3729 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3730 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3731 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3732 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3733 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3734 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3735 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3736 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3737 default: | |
| 449 | 3738 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3739 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3740 * mode). | |
| 3741 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3742 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3743 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3744 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3745 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3746 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3747 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3748 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3749 { | |
| 449 | 3750 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3751 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3752 else |
| 449 | 3753 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3754 } |
| 3755 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3756 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3757 showmode(); | |
| 3758 break; | |
| 3759 } | |
| 3760 } | |
| 3761 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3762 { | |
| 3763 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3764 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3767 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3768 else | |
| 3769 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3770 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3771 } | |
| 3772 showmode(); | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 | |
| 449 | 3775 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3776 { |
| 3777 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3778 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3779 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3780 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3781 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3782 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3783 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3784 { | |
| 3785 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3786 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3787 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3788 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3789 { |
| 3790 /* | |
| 836 | 3791 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3792 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3793 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3794 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3795 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3796 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3797 */ |
| 836 | 3798 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3799 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3800 else | |
| 3095 | 3801 ptr = NULL; |
| 3802 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3803 } |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3806 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3807 #endif | |
| 3808 /* | |
| 3809 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3810 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3811 */ | |
| 449 | 3812 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3813 { |
| 3814 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3815 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3816 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3817 { | |
| 3818 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3819 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3820 } | |
| 3821 #endif | |
| 3822 } | |
| 3823 else | |
| 3824 { | |
| 1073 | 3825 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3826 | |
| 7 | 3827 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3828 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3829 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3830 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3831 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3832 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3833 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3834 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3835 } |
| 3836 | |
| 816 | 3837 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3838 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3839 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3840 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3841 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3842 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3843 retval = TRUE; |
| 3844 | |
| 816 | 3845 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3846 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3847 { | |
| 3848 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3849 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3850 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3851 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3852 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3853 retval = TRUE; |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 | |
| 1698 | 3856 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3857 | |
| 7 | 3858 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3859 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3860 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3861 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3862 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3863 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3864 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3865 { | |
| 3866 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3867 showmode(); | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3871 /* | |
| 3872 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3873 */ | |
| 3874 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3875 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3876 #endif | |
| 3676 | 3877 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3878 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3879 * upon the completion. */ | |
| 3880 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3881 #endif | |
| 7 | 3882 } |
| 3883 } | |
| 4120 | 3884 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3885 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) | |
| 3886 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3887 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ | |
| 3888 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3889 #endif | |
| 7 | 3890 |
| 3891 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3892 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3893 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3894 { | |
| 449 | 3895 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3896 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3897 } |
| 540 | 3898 |
| 3899 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3900 } |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 /* | |
| 3095 | 3903 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3904 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3905 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3906 */ | |
| 3907 static void | |
| 3908 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3909 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3910 { | |
| 3911 int len; | |
| 3912 char_u *p; | |
| 3913 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3916 { | |
| 3917 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3918 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3919 else | |
| 3920 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3925 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3926 ; | |
| 3927 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3928 if (len > 0) | |
| 3929 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3930 #endif | |
| 3931 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3932 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3933 } | |
| 3934 else | |
| 3935 len = 0; | |
| 3936 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3937 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3938 } | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 /* | |
| 7 | 3941 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3942 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3943 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3944 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3945 * | |
| 3946 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3947 */ | |
| 3948 static buf_T * | |
| 3949 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3950 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3951 int flag; | |
| 3952 { | |
| 3953 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3954 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3955 #endif | |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3960 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3961 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3962 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3963 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3964 ; | |
| 3965 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3966 #else | |
| 3967 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3968 #endif | |
| 3969 } | |
| 3970 else | |
| 3971 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3972 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3973 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3974 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3975 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3976 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3977 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3978 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3979 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3980 ; |
| 3981 return buf; | |
| 3982 } | |
| 3983 | |
| 12 | 3984 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3985 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3986 |
| 3987 /* | |
| 523 | 3988 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3989 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3990 */ |
| 659 | 3991 static void |
| 3992 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3993 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3994 char_u *base; |
| 3995 { | |
| 3078 | 3996 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3997 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 3998 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3999 char_u *funcname; | |
| 4000 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 4001 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 4002 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 4003 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 4004 |
| 4005 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 4006 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 4007 return; |
| 452 | 4008 |
| 4009 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 4010 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 4011 args[1] = base; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 4014 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 4015 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 4016 |
| 4017 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3709 | 4018 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) |
| 3078 | 4019 { |
| 4020 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 4021 { | |
| 4022 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 4023 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 4024 break; | |
| 4025 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 4026 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 4027 break; | |
| 4028 default: | |
| 4029 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 4030 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 4031 break; | |
| 4032 } | |
| 4033 } | |
| 4034 | |
| 2631 | 4035 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 4038 goto theend; | |
| 4039 } | |
| 502 | 4040 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 4041 check_cursor(); |
| 4042 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 4043 { | |
| 4044 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 4045 goto theend; | |
| 4046 } | |
| 3078 | 4047 |
| 2631 | 4048 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4049 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 4050 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 4051 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4052 |
| 4053 theend: | |
| 3078 | 4054 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 4055 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4056 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4057 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 4058 } |
| 4059 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 4060 | |
| 786 | 4061 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 4062 /* |
| 4063 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 4064 */ | |
| 4065 static void | |
| 4066 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4067 list_T *list; | |
| 4068 { | |
| 4069 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4070 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4071 | |
| 659 | 4072 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4073 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4074 { |
| 786 | 4075 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4076 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4077 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4078 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4079 break; | |
| 452 | 4080 } |
| 724 | 4081 } |
| 786 | 4082 |
| 4083 /* | |
| 3078 | 4084 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4085 */ | |
| 4086 static void | |
| 4087 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4088 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4089 { | |
| 3263 | 4090 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4091 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4092 |
| 4093 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4094 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4095 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4096 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4097 { | |
| 4098 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4099 |
| 4100 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4101 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4105 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4106 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4107 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4108 } |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 /* | |
| 786 | 4111 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4112 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4113 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4114 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4115 */ | |
| 4116 int | |
| 4117 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4118 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4119 int dir; | |
| 4120 { | |
| 4121 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4122 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4123 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4124 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4125 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4128 { | |
| 4129 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4130 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4131 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4132 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4133 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4134 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4135 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4136 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4137 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4138 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4139 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4140 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4141 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4142 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4143 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4144 } |
| 4145 else | |
| 4146 { | |
| 4147 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4148 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4149 } | |
| 2632 | 4150 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4151 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4152 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4153 } |
| 724 | 4154 #endif |
| 12 | 4155 |
| 449 | 4156 /* |
| 4157 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4158 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4159 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4160 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4161 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4162 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4163 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4164 */ |
| 4165 static int | |
| 659 | 4166 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4167 pos_T *ini; |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4170 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4171 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4172 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4173 certain type. */ | |
| 4174 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4175 |
| 464 | 4176 pos_T *pos; |
| 4177 char_u **matches; | |
| 4178 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4179 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4180 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4181 int i; | |
| 4182 int num_matches; | |
| 4183 int len; | |
| 4184 int found_new_match; | |
| 4185 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4186 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4187 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4188 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4189 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 5625 | 4190 int set_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4191 |
| 449 | 4192 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4193 { |
| 4194 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4195 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4196 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4197 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4198 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4199 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4200 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 | |
| 449 | 4203 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4204 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4205 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4206 for (;;) | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 5625 | 4209 set_match_pos = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4210 |
| 449 | 4211 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4212 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4213 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4214 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4215 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4216 { |
| 4217 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4218 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4219 e_cpt++; | |
| 4220 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4221 { | |
| 4222 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4223 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4224 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4225 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4226 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4227 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4228 type = 0; | |
| 5625 | 4229 |
| 4230 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we | |
| 4231 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ | |
| 4232 set_match_pos = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4233 } |
| 4234 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4235 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4236 { | |
| 4237 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4238 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4239 { | |
| 449 | 4240 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4241 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4242 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4243 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4244 type = 0; | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4247 { | |
| 4248 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4249 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4250 continue; | |
| 4251 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4252 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4253 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4254 } | |
| 274 | 4255 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4256 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4257 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4258 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 3850 | 4259 ? ins_buf->b_fname |
| 4260 : ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4261 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4262 } |
| 4263 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4264 break; | |
| 4265 else | |
| 4266 { | |
| 4267 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4268 type = -1; | |
| 4269 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4270 { | |
| 4271 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4272 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4273 else | |
| 4274 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4275 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4276 { | |
| 4277 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4278 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4279 } | |
| 4280 } | |
| 4281 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4282 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4283 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4284 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4285 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4286 #endif | |
| 4287 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4288 { | |
| 4289 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4290 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4291 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4292 } |
| 4293 else | |
| 4294 type = -1; | |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4297 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4300 if (type == -1) | |
| 4301 continue; | |
| 4302 } | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 switch (type) | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 case -1: | |
| 4308 break; | |
| 4309 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4310 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4311 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4312 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4313 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4314 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4315 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4316 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4317 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4318 break; | |
| 4319 #endif | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4322 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4323 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4324 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4325 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4326 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4327 ? p_tsr | |
| 4328 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4329 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4330 ? p_dict | |
| 4331 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4332 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4333 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4334 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4335 dict = NULL; |
| 4336 break; | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4339 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4340 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4341 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4342 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4343 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4344 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4345 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4346 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4347 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4348 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4349 { | |
| 942 | 4350 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4351 } |
| 4352 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4353 break; | |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4356 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4357 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4358 { | |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4361 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 4242 | 4362 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); |
| 7 | 4363 } |
| 4364 break; | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4367 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4368 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4369 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4370 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4371 break; |
| 4372 | |
| 12 | 4373 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4374 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4375 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4376 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4377 break; |
| 4378 #endif | |
| 4379 | |
| 477 | 4380 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4381 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4382 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4383 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4384 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4385 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4386 #endif |
| 4387 break; | |
| 4388 | |
| 7 | 4389 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4390 /* | |
| 4391 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4392 */ | |
| 4393 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4394 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4395 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4396 |
| 5625 | 4397 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 7 | 4398 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this |
| 4399 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4400 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4401 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4402 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4403 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4404 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4405 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4406 for (;;) | |
| 4407 { | |
| 464 | 4408 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4409 |
| 1007 | 4410 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4411 | |
| 540 | 4412 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4413 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4414 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4415 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4416 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4417 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4418 else |
| 659 | 4419 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4420 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4421 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4422 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4423 --msg_silent; |
| 5625 | 4424 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) |
| 7 | 4425 { |
| 667 | 4426 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4427 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4428 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4429 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 5625 | 4430 set_match_pos = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4431 } |
| 4432 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4433 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4434 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4435 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4436 { | |
| 4437 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4438 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4439 break; | |
| 4440 } | |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4443 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4444 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4445 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4446 continue; | |
| 4447 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4448 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4449 { | |
| 449 | 4450 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4451 { |
| 4452 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4453 continue; | |
| 4454 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4455 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4456 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4457 } | |
| 4458 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4459 } | |
| 4460 else | |
| 4461 { | |
| 449 | 4462 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4465 { |
| 449 | 4466 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4467 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4468 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4469 continue; | |
| 4470 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4471 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4474 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4475 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4476 | |
| 449 | 4477 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4478 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4479 { |
| 4480 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4481 { | |
| 4482 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4483 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4484 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4485 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4486 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4487 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4488 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4489 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4490 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4491 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4492 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4493 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4494 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4495 { | |
| 419 | 4496 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4497 { |
| 419 | 4498 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4499 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4500 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4501 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4502 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4503 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4504 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4505 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4506 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4507 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4508 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4509 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4510 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4511 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4512 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4513 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4514 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4515 } |
| 4516 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4517 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4518 } | |
| 449 | 4519 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4520 continue; |
| 4521 } | |
| 4522 } | |
| 942 | 4523 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4524 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4525 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4526 { |
| 4527 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4528 break; | |
| 4529 } | |
| 4530 } | |
| 4531 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4532 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4533 } | |
| 540 | 4534 |
| 449 | 4535 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4536 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4537 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4538 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4541 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4542 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4543 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4544 { |
| 4545 if (got_int) | |
| 4546 break; | |
| 665 | 4547 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4548 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4549 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4550 |
| 540 | 4551 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4552 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4553 break; | |
| 4554 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4555 } | |
| 4556 else | |
| 4557 { | |
| 4558 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4559 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4560 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4563 } | |
| 449 | 4564 } |
| 4565 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4566 |
| 4567 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4568 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4569 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4572 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4573 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4574 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4577 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4578 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4579 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4580 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4581 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4582 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4583 return i; |
| 4584 } | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4587 static void | |
| 4588 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4589 { | |
| 4590 int i; | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 /* | |
| 4593 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4594 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4595 */ | |
| 449 | 4596 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4597 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4598 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4599 } | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4602 static void | |
| 4603 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4604 { | |
| 1782 | 4605 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4606 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4607 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4608 else | |
| 4609 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4610 } |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 /* | |
| 4613 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4614 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4615 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4616 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4617 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4618 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4619 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4620 * | |
| 449 | 4621 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4622 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4623 * |
| 4624 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4625 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4626 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4627 */ |
| 4628 static int | |
| 665 | 4629 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4630 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4631 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4632 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4633 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4634 { |
| 4635 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4636 int i; | |
| 610 | 4637 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4638 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4639 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4640 int advance; |
| 7 | 4641 |
| 3271 | 4642 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4643 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4644 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4645 return -1; | |
| 4646 | |
| 665 | 4647 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4648 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4649 { | |
| 4650 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4651 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4652 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4653 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4654 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4655 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4656 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4657 |
| 4658 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4659 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4660 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4661 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4662 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4663 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4664 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4665 { | |
| 4666 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4667 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4668 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4669 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4670 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4671 } | |
| 665 | 4672 } |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4675 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4676 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4677 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4678 |
| 836 | 4679 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4680 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4681 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4682 | |
| 874 | 4683 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4684 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4685 { | |
| 4686 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4687 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 | |
| 610 | 4690 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4691 * around. */ | |
| 4692 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4693 { | |
| 4694 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4695 { | |
| 4696 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4697 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4698 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4699 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4700 } |
| 4701 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4702 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4703 { | |
| 657 | 4704 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4705 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4706 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4707 } |
| 4708 else | |
| 610 | 4709 { |
| 909 | 4710 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4711 { | |
| 4712 if (advance) | |
| 4713 { | |
| 4714 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4715 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4716 else | |
| 4717 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4718 } | |
| 4719 return -1; | |
| 4720 } | |
| 4721 | |
| 836 | 4722 if (advance) |
| 4723 { | |
| 4724 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4725 --compl_pending; | |
| 4726 else | |
| 4727 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4728 } | |
| 657 | 4729 |
| 874 | 4730 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4731 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4732 |
| 4733 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4734 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4735 && advance) |
| 909 | 4736 { |
| 4737 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4738 { | |
| 4739 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4740 --compl_pending; | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4743 { | |
| 4744 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4745 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4746 } | |
| 4747 else | |
| 4748 break; | |
| 4749 } | |
| 657 | 4750 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4751 } | |
| 4752 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4753 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4754 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4755 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4756 ++todo; |
| 4757 else | |
| 4758 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4759 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4762 if (found_end) | |
| 4763 { | |
| 4764 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4765 { |
| 657 | 4766 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4767 break; | |
| 610 | 4768 } |
| 657 | 4769 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4770 } |
| 7 | 4771 } |
| 4772 | |
| 665 | 4773 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4774 if (insert_match) | |
| 4775 { | |
| 4776 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4777 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4778 else | |
| 1782 | 4779 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4780 } |
| 4781 else | |
| 4782 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4783 |
| 4784 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4785 { | |
| 540 | 4786 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4787 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4788 | |
| 665 | 4789 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4790 update_screen(0); | |
| 4791 | |
| 540 | 4792 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4793 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4794 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4795 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4796 { | |
| 4797 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4798 setcursor(); | |
| 4799 out_flush(); | |
| 4800 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4801 } | |
| 4802 #endif | |
| 540 | 4803 |
| 7 | 4804 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4805 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4806 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4807 } | |
| 4808 | |
| 825 | 4809 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4810 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4811 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4812 | |
| 7 | 4813 /* |
| 4814 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4815 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4816 */ | |
| 464 | 4817 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4818 { |
| 4819 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4820 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4821 if (i <= 0) |
| 4822 i = 0; | |
| 4823 else | |
| 4824 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4825 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4826 msg(IObuff); |
| 4827 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4828 } | |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 return num_matches; | |
| 4831 } | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 /* | |
| 4834 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4835 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4836 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4837 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4838 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4839 */ |
| 4840 void | |
| 464 | 4841 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4842 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4843 { |
| 4844 static int count = 0; | |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 int c; | |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4849 * scripts */ | |
| 4850 if (using_script()) | |
| 4851 return; | |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4854 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4855 return; |
| 4856 count = 0; | |
| 4857 | |
| 909 | 4858 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4859 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4860 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4861 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4862 { | |
| 4863 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4864 { | |
| 4865 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4866 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4867 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4868 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4869 } |
| 909 | 4870 else |
| 4871 { | |
| 4872 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4873 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4874 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4875 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4876 { | |
| 4877 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4878 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4879 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4880 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 vungetc(c); | |
| 4883 } | |
| 909 | 4884 } |
| 449 | 4885 } |
| 716 | 4886 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4887 { |
| 4888 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4891 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4892 } | |
| 610 | 4893 } |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 /* | |
| 4896 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4897 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4898 */ | |
| 4899 static int | |
| 4900 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4901 int c; | |
| 4902 { | |
| 665 | 4903 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4904 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4905 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4906 return BACKWARD; |
| 4907 return FORWARD; | |
| 4908 } | |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 /* | |
| 644 | 4911 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4912 * is visible. | |
| 4913 */ | |
| 4914 static int | |
| 4915 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4916 int c; | |
| 4917 { | |
| 4918 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4919 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4920 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4921 } |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 /* | |
| 610 | 4924 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4925 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4926 */ | |
| 4927 static int | |
| 4928 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4929 int c; | |
| 4930 { | |
| 4931 int h; | |
| 4932 | |
| 665 | 4933 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4934 { |
| 4935 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4936 if (h > 3) | |
| 4937 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4938 return h; | |
| 4939 } | |
| 4940 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4941 } |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 /* | |
| 681 | 4944 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4945 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4946 */ | |
| 4947 static int | |
| 4948 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4949 int c; | |
| 4950 { | |
| 4951 switch (c) | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 case K_UP: | |
| 4954 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4955 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4956 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4957 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4958 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4959 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4960 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4961 return FALSE; | |
| 4962 } | |
| 4963 return TRUE; | |
| 4964 } | |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 /* | |
| 7 | 4967 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4968 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4969 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4970 */ | |
| 4971 static int | |
| 4972 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4973 int c; |
| 7 | 4974 { |
| 449 | 4975 char_u *line; |
| 4976 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4977 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4978 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4979 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4980 |
| 610 | 4981 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4982 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4983 { |
| 4984 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4987 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4988 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4989 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4990 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4991 #endif | |
| 4992 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4993 return FAIL; | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4996 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4997 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4998 |
| 1430 | 4999 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 5000 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 5001 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 5002 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 5003 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 5004 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 5005 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 5006 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 5007 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 5008 { |
| 5009 /* | |
| 5010 * it is a continued search | |
| 5011 */ | |
| 449 | 5012 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 5013 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 5014 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 5015 { | |
| 449 | 5016 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 5017 { |
| 449 | 5018 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 5019 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 5020 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 5021 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 5022 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 5023 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 5024 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5025 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 5026 } |
| 5027 else | |
| 5028 { | |
| 5029 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 5030 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 5031 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 5032 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 5033 { |
| 449 | 5034 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 5035 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 5036 line + compl_length | |
| 5037 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 5038 } |
| 449 | 5039 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 5040 } |
| 449 | 5041 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 5042 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 5043 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 5044 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 5045 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 5046 { |
| 449 | 5047 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 5048 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 5049 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 5050 } |
| 449 | 5051 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5052 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 5053 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 5054 } |
| 5055 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 5056 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 5057 else |
| 449 | 5058 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 5059 } |
| 5060 else | |
| 449 | 5061 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 5064 { | |
| 5065 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5066 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5067 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5068 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5069 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5070 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5071 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5072 } |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5075 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5076 { | |
| 449 | 5077 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5078 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5079 { | |
| 449 | 5080 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5081 { |
| 449 | 5082 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5083 ; |
| 449 | 5084 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5085 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5086 } |
| 5087 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5088 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5089 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5090 else |
| 449 | 5091 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5092 compl_length); | |
| 5093 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5094 return FAIL; |
| 5095 } | |
| 449 | 5096 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5097 { |
| 5098 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5099 | |
| 1872 | 5100 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5101 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5102 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5103 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5104 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5105 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5106 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5107 && ( |
| 5108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5109 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5110 #else |
| 449 | 5111 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5112 #endif |
| 5113 ))) | |
| 5114 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5115 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5116 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5117 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5118 } |
| 449 | 5119 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5121 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5122 #else |
| 449 | 5123 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5124 #endif |
| 5125 ) | |
| 5126 { | |
| 5127 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5128 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5129 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5130 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5131 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5132 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5133 } |
| 5134 else | |
| 5135 { | |
| 5136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5137 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5138 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5139 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5140 { | |
| 5141 int base_class; | |
| 5142 int head_off; | |
| 5143 | |
| 449 | 5144 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5145 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5146 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5147 { |
| 449 | 5148 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5149 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5150 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5151 break; |
| 449 | 5152 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5153 } |
| 5154 } | |
| 5155 else | |
| 5156 #endif | |
| 449 | 5157 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5158 ; |
| 449 | 5159 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5160 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5161 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5162 { |
| 5163 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5164 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5165 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5166 */ | |
| 449 | 5167 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5168 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5169 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5170 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5171 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5172 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5173 } |
| 5174 else | |
| 5175 { | |
| 449 | 5176 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5177 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5178 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5179 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5180 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5181 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5182 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5183 } |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 } | |
| 5186 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5187 { | |
| 835 | 5188 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5189 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5190 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5191 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5192 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5193 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5194 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5195 else |
| 449 | 5196 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5197 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5198 return FAIL; |
| 5199 } | |
| 5200 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5201 { | |
| 5332 | 5202 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ |
| 5349 | 5203 if (startcol > 0) |
| 5204 { | |
| 5205 char_u *p = line + startcol; | |
| 5206 | |
| 5332 | 5207 mb_ptr_back(line, p); |
| 5349 | 5208 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) |
| 5209 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 5210 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) | |
| 5211 startcol = 0; | |
| 5212 else | |
| 5213 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; | |
| 5214 } | |
| 5345 | 5215 |
| 5216 compl_col += startcol; | |
| 449 | 5217 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; |
| 5218 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5219 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5220 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5221 return FAIL; |
| 5222 } | |
| 5223 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5224 { | |
| 449 | 5225 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5226 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5227 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5228 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5229 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5230 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5231 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5232 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5233 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5234 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5235 else | |
| 935 | 5236 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5237 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5238 } |
| 523 | 5239 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5240 { |
| 12 | 5241 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5242 /* | |
| 502 | 5243 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5244 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5245 */ |
| 502 | 5246 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5247 int col; |
| 502 | 5248 char_u *funcname; |
| 5249 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5250 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5251 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5252 |
| 523 | 5253 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5254 * string */ |
| 5255 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5256 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5257 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5258 { |
| 5259 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5260 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5261 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5262 } |
| 452 | 5263 |
| 5264 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5265 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5266 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5267 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5268 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5269 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5270 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5271 { | |
| 5272 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5273 return FAIL; | |
| 5274 } | |
| 502 | 5275 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5276 check_cursor(); |
| 5277 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5278 { | |
| 5279 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5280 return FAIL; | |
| 5281 } | |
| 502 | 5282 |
| 3302 | 5283 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 3516 | 5284 * cancel the complete without an error. |
| 5285 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
| 3302 | 5286 if (col == -2) |
| 5287 return FAIL; | |
| 3516 | 5288 if (col == -3) |
| 5289 { | |
| 5290 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 5291 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 5292 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 5293 return FAIL; | |
| 5294 } | |
| 3302 | 5295 |
| 3078 | 5296 /* |
| 5297 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5298 * completion. | |
| 5299 */ | |
| 5300 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5301 | |
| 452 | 5302 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5303 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5304 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5305 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5306 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5307 |
| 5308 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5309 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5310 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5311 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5312 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5313 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5314 #endif |
| 449 | 5315 return FAIL; |
| 5316 } | |
| 477 | 5317 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5318 { | |
| 744 | 5319 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5320 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5321 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5322 else | |
| 5323 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5324 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5325 { |
| 5326 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5327 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 else | |
| 5330 { | |
| 5331 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5332 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5333 } | |
| 818 | 5334 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5335 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5336 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5337 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5338 #endif | |
| 5339 return FAIL; | |
| 5340 } | |
| 449 | 5341 else |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5344 return FAIL; | |
| 5345 } | |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5348 { |
| 5349 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5350 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5351 { | |
| 5352 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5353 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5354 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5357 #endif | |
| 449 | 5358 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5359 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5360 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5361 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5362 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5363 #endif | |
| 449 | 5364 compl_length = 0; |
| 5365 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5366 } |
| 5367 } | |
| 5368 else | |
| 5369 { | |
| 5370 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5371 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5375 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5376 else |
| 5377 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5378 | |
| 3095 | 5379 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5380 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5381 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5382 | |
| 694 | 5383 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5384 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5385 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5386 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5387 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5388 { |
| 5389 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5390 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5391 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5392 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5393 return FAIL; |
| 5394 } | |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5397 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5398 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5399 */ | |
| 5400 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5401 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5402 showmode(); | |
| 5403 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5404 out_flush(); | |
| 5405 } | |
| 5406 | |
| 449 | 5407 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5408 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5409 |
| 5410 /* | |
| 665 | 5411 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5412 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5413 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5414 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5415 |
| 540 | 5416 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5417 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5418 | |
| 449 | 5419 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5420 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5421 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5422 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5423 |
| 5424 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5425 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5426 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5427 { | |
| 5428 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5429 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5430 } | |
| 5431 | |
| 449 | 5432 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5433 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5434 { |
| 5435 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5436 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5437 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5438 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5439 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5440 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5441 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5442 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5443 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5444 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5445 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5446 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5447 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5448 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5449 } | |
| 5450 | |
| 464 | 5451 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5452 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5453 else |
| 449 | 5454 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5455 |
| 5456 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5457 { | |
| 464 | 5458 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5459 { |
| 5460 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5461 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5462 } | |
| 449 | 5463 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5464 { |
| 5465 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5466 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5467 } | |
| 464 | 5468 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5469 { |
| 5470 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5471 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 else | |
| 5474 { | |
| 5475 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5476 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5477 { |
| 464 | 5478 int number = 0; |
| 5479 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5480 |
| 449 | 5481 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5482 { |
| 5483 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5484 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5485 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5486 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5487 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5488 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5489 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5490 { |
| 464 | 5491 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5492 break; |
| 5493 } | |
| 5494 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5495 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5496 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5497 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5498 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5499 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5500 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5501 } |
| 5502 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5503 { | |
| 5504 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5505 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5506 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5507 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5508 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5509 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5510 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5511 { |
| 464 | 5512 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5513 break; |
| 5514 } | |
| 5515 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5516 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5517 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5518 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5519 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5520 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5521 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5522 } |
| 5523 } | |
| 5524 | |
| 540 | 5525 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5526 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5527 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5528 { |
| 1063 | 5529 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5530 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5531 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5532 |
| 449 | 5533 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5534 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5535 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5536 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5537 else |
| 1063 | 5538 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5539 _("match %d"), | |
| 5540 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5541 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5542 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5543 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5544 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5545 } | |
| 5546 } | |
| 5547 } | |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5550 showmode(); | |
| 5551 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5552 { | |
| 5553 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5554 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5555 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5556 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 else | |
| 5559 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5560 | |
| 857 | 5561 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5562 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5563 { | |
| 5564 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5565 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5566 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5567 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5568 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5569 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5570 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5571 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5572 |
| 857 | 5573 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5574 setcursor(); | |
| 5575 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5576 } | |
| 874 | 5577 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5578 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5579 |
| 7 | 5580 return OK; |
| 5581 } | |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 /* | |
| 5584 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5585 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5586 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5587 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5588 */ | |
| 1872 | 5589 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5590 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5591 char_u *dest; | |
| 5592 char_u *src; | |
| 5593 int len; | |
| 5594 { | |
| 1872 | 5595 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5598 { |
| 5599 switch (*src) | |
| 5600 { | |
| 5601 case '.': | |
| 5602 case '*': | |
| 5603 case '[': | |
| 5604 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5605 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5606 break; | |
| 5607 case '~': | |
| 5608 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5609 break; | |
| 5610 case '\\': | |
| 5611 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5612 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5613 break; | |
| 5614 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5615 case '$': | |
| 5616 m++; | |
| 5617 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5618 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5619 break; | |
| 5620 } | |
| 5621 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5622 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5623 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5624 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5625 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5626 { | |
| 5627 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5628 | |
| 474 | 5629 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5630 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5631 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5632 { | |
| 5633 --len; | |
| 5634 ++src; | |
| 5635 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5636 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5637 } | |
| 5638 } | |
| 464 | 5639 # endif |
| 7 | 5640 } |
| 5641 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5642 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 return m; | |
| 5645 } | |
| 5646 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 /* | |
| 5649 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5650 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5651 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5652 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5653 */ | |
| 5654 int | |
| 5655 get_literal() | |
| 5656 { | |
| 5657 int cc; | |
| 5658 int nc; | |
| 5659 int i; | |
| 5660 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5661 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5663 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5664 #endif | |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 if (got_int) | |
| 5667 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5670 /* | |
| 5671 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5672 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5673 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5674 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5675 */ | |
| 5676 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5677 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5678 #endif | |
| 5679 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5680 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5681 #endif | |
| 5682 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5683 cc = 0; | |
| 5684 i = 0; | |
| 5685 for (;;) | |
| 5686 { | |
| 1389 | 5687 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5688 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5689 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5690 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5691 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5692 # endif | |
| 5693 ) | |
| 5694 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5695 #endif | |
| 5696 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5697 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5698 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5699 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5701 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5702 unicode = nc; | |
| 5703 #endif | |
| 5704 else | |
| 5705 { | |
| 5706 if (hex | |
| 5707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5708 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5709 #endif | |
| 5710 ) | |
| 5711 { | |
| 5712 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5713 break; | |
| 5714 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5715 } | |
| 5716 else if (octal) | |
| 5717 { | |
| 5718 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5719 break; | |
| 5720 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5721 } | |
| 5722 else | |
| 5723 { | |
| 5724 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5725 break; | |
| 5726 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5727 } | |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 ++i; | |
| 5730 } | |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5734 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5735 #endif | |
| 5736 ) | |
| 5737 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5738 nc = 0; | |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5741 { | |
| 5742 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5743 break; | |
| 5744 } | |
| 5745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5746 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5747 { | |
| 5748 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5749 break; | |
| 5750 } | |
| 5751 #endif | |
| 5752 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5753 break; | |
| 5754 } | |
| 5755 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5756 { | |
| 5757 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5758 { | |
| 5759 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5760 nc = 0; | |
| 5761 } | |
| 5762 else | |
| 5763 { | |
| 5764 cc = nc; | |
| 5765 nc = 0; | |
| 5766 } | |
| 5767 } | |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5770 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5772 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5773 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5774 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5775 #endif | |
| 7 | 5776 |
| 5777 --no_mapping; | |
| 5778 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5779 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5780 --allow_keys; | |
| 5781 #endif | |
| 5782 if (nc) | |
| 5783 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5784 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5785 return cc; | |
| 5786 } | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 /* | |
| 5789 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5790 */ | |
| 5791 static void | |
| 5792 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5793 int c; | |
| 5794 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5795 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5796 { | |
| 5797 char_u *p; | |
| 5798 int len; | |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 /* | |
| 5801 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5802 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5803 * mode. | |
| 5804 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5805 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5806 */ | |
| 5807 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5808 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5809 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5810 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5811 #endif | |
| 5812 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5813 { | |
| 5814 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5815 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5816 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5817 if (len > 2) | |
| 5818 { | |
| 5819 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5820 return; | |
| 5821 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5822 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5823 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5824 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5825 } | |
| 5826 } | |
| 5827 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5828 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5829 } | |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 /* | |
| 5832 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5833 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5834 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5835 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5836 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5837 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5838 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5839 */ | |
| 5840 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5841 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5842 #else | |
| 5843 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5844 #endif | |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5847 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5848 #else | |
| 5849 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5850 #endif | |
| 5851 | |
| 3584 | 5852 /* |
| 5853 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting | |
| 5854 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V | |
| 5855 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' | |
| 5856 * | |
| 5857 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, | |
| 5858 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: | |
| 5859 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments | |
| 5860 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent | |
| 5861 */ | |
| 7 | 5862 void |
| 5863 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5864 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5865 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5866 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5867 { | |
| 5868 int textwidth; | |
| 5869 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5870 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5871 #endif |
| 7 | 5872 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5875 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 /* | |
| 5878 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5879 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5880 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5881 * ends in white space. | |
| 5882 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5883 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5884 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5885 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5886 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5887 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5888 * before the insert. | |
| 5889 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5890 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5891 */ | |
| 667 | 5892 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5893 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5894 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5895 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5896 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5897 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5898 #endif | |
| 5899 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5900 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5901 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5902 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5903 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5904 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5905 )))))) | |
| 5906 { | |
| 667 | 5907 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5908 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5909 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5910 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5911 | |
| 1563 | 5912 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5913 { |
| 5914 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5915 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5916 * was called. */ | |
| 5917 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5918 } | |
| 5919 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5920 #endif |
| 2004 | 5921 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5922 } |
| 5923 | |
| 7 | 5924 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5925 return; | |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5928 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5929 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5930 { | |
| 5931 char_u *line; | |
| 5932 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5933 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5934 int i; | |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 /* | |
| 5937 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5938 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5939 */ | |
| 3562 | 5940 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 5941 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ |
| 5942 { | |
| 5943 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5944 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5945 ++p; | |
| 5946 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5947 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5948 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5949 --middle_len; | |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5952 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5953 ++p; | |
| 5954 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5957 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5958 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5959 ; | |
| 5960 i++; | |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5963 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5966 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5967 { | |
| 5968 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5969 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 /* | |
| 5972 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5973 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5974 */ | |
| 5975 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5976 } | |
| 5977 } | |
| 5978 } | |
| 5979 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5980 #endif | |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5983 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5984 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5985 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5986 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5987 #endif | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 /* | |
| 5990 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5991 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5992 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5993 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5994 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 5995 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 5996 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 5997 */ |
| 5998 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5999 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 6000 #endif | |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 6003 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6004 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 6005 #endif | |
| 6006 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 6007 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6008 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6009 && !cindent_on() | |
| 6010 #endif | |
| 6011 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6012 && !p_ri | |
| 6013 #endif | |
| 3390 | 6014 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 6015 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 6016 #endif | |
| 7 | 6017 ) |
| 6018 { | |
| 6019 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 6020 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 6021 int i; | |
| 6022 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6025 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 6026 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 6027 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 6028 /* | |
| 6029 * Stop the string when: | |
| 6030 * - no more chars available | |
| 6031 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 6032 * - buffer is full | |
| 6033 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 6034 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 6035 */ | |
| 6036 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 6037 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 6038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6039 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 6040 #endif | |
| 6041 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 6042 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 6043 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 6044 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 6045 { | |
| 6046 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6047 c = vgetc(); | |
| 6048 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 6049 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 6050 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 6051 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 6052 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 6053 # endif | |
| 6054 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 6055 #else | |
| 6056 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 6057 #endif | |
| 6058 } | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 6061 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 6062 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 6063 #endif | |
| 6064 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 6065 ins_str(buf); | |
| 6066 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6067 { | |
| 6068 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 6069 i = 1; | |
| 6070 } | |
| 6071 else | |
| 6072 i = 0; | |
| 6073 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 6074 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 6075 } |
| 6076 else | |
| 6077 { | |
| 6078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 6079 int cc; |
| 6080 | |
| 7 | 6081 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 6082 { | |
| 6083 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 6086 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 6087 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 6088 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 else | |
| 6091 #endif | |
| 6092 { | |
| 6093 ins_char(c); | |
| 6094 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6095 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6096 else | |
| 6097 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6098 } | |
| 6099 } | |
| 6100 } | |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 /* | |
| 667 | 6103 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 3584 | 6104 * |
| 6105 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent | |
| 6106 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). | |
| 667 | 6107 */ |
| 6108 static void | |
| 2004 | 6109 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6110 int textwidth; |
| 6111 int second_indent; | |
| 6112 int flags; | |
| 6113 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6114 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6115 { |
| 6116 int cc; | |
| 6117 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6118 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6119 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6121 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6122 #endif | |
| 6123 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6124 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6125 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6126 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6127 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6128 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6129 #endif | |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 /* | |
| 6132 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6133 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6134 */ | |
| 2004 | 6135 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6136 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6137 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6138 #endif | |
| 6139 ) | |
| 667 | 6140 { |
| 6141 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6142 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6143 { | |
| 6144 save_char = cc; | |
| 6145 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6146 } | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 /* | |
| 6150 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6151 */ | |
| 6152 while (!got_int) | |
| 6153 { | |
| 6154 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6155 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6156 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6157 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6158 colnr_T len; | |
| 6159 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6160 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6161 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6162 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6163 #endif | |
| 6164 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6165 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6168 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6169 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6170 break; |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6173 if (no_leader) | |
| 6174 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6175 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6176 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6177 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6178 | |
| 6179 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6180 if (do_comments) | |
| 3562 | 6181 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6182 else |
| 6183 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6186 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6187 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6188 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6189 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6190 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6191 #endif | |
| 6192 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6193 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6194 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6195 #endif | |
| 6196 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 break; | |
| 6199 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6200 break; | |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6203 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6204 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6205 | |
| 2004 | 6206 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6207 foundcol = 0; |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 /* | |
| 6210 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6211 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6212 */ | |
| 6213 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6214 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6215 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6216 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6217 { | |
| 2004 | 6218 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6219 cc = c; | |
| 6220 else | |
| 6221 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6222 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6225 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6226 |
| 6227 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6228 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6229 { | |
| 6230 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6231 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6232 } | |
| 6233 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6234 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6235 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6236 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6237 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6238 break; | |
| 6239 #endif | |
| 6240 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6241 { | |
| 6242 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6243 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6244 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6245 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6246 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6247 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6248 break; | |
| 6249 #endif | |
| 667 | 6250 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6251 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6252 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6255 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6256 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6257 } | |
| 2004 | 6258 |
| 6259 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6262 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6263 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6264 break; |
| 6265 } | |
| 6266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6267 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6268 { |
| 6269 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6270 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6271 { | |
| 6272 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6273 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6274 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6275 break; | |
| 6276 #endif | |
| 6277 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6278 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6279 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6280 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6281 { | |
| 6282 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6283 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6284 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6285 break; | |
| 6286 } | |
| 6287 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6288 } | |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6291 break; | |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6296 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6299 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6300 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6301 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6302 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6303 break; | |
| 6304 #endif | |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6307 | |
| 667 | 6308 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6309 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6310 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6311 break; | |
| 667 | 6312 } |
| 6313 #endif | |
| 6314 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6315 break; | |
| 6316 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6317 } | |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6320 { | |
| 6321 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6322 break; | |
| 6323 } | |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6326 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 /* | |
| 6329 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6330 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6331 * over the text instead. | |
| 6332 */ | |
| 6333 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6334 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6335 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6336 else | |
| 6337 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6338 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6339 |
| 6340 /* | |
| 6341 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6342 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6343 */ | |
| 6344 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6345 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6346 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6347 inc_cursor(); |
| 6348 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6349 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6350 startcol = 0; | |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6353 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6354 { | |
| 6355 /* | |
| 6356 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6357 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6358 */ | |
| 6359 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6360 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6361 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6362 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6363 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6364 | |
| 6365 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6366 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6367 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6368 } | |
| 6369 else | |
| 6370 #endif | |
| 6371 { | |
| 6372 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6373 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6374 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6375 } | |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 /* | |
| 6378 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6379 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6380 */ | |
| 6381 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6382 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6383 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6384 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 3584 | 6385 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) |
| 6386 #endif | |
| 6387 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); | |
| 6388 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) | |
| 6389 old_indent = 0; | |
| 667 | 6390 |
| 6391 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6392 if (first_line) | |
| 6393 { | |
| 3584 | 6394 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) |
| 6395 { | |
| 6396 /* | |
| 3632 | 6397 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not |
| 6398 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST | |
| 6399 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen | |
| 6400 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will | |
| 6401 * recognize comments if needed... | |
| 3584 | 6402 */ |
| 6403 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 3632 | 6404 second_indent = |
| 6405 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 3584 | 6406 if (second_indent >= 0) |
| 6407 { | |
| 667 | 6408 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 3584 | 6409 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) |
| 6410 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, | |
| 6411 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); | |
| 6412 else | |
| 6413 #endif | |
| 3632 | 6414 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6415 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) | |
| 6416 { | |
| 6417 int i; | |
| 6418 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; | |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list | |
| 6421 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has | |
| 6422 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned | |
| 6423 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we | |
| 6424 * add the additional whitespace needed after the | |
| 6425 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ | |
| 6426 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 6427 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 3650 | 6428 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); |
| 3632 | 6429 } |
| 6430 else | |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6433 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); |
| 3632 | 6434 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6435 } | |
| 6436 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6437 } |
| 667 | 6438 } |
| 6439 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6440 } | |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6443 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6444 { | |
| 6445 /* | |
| 6446 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6447 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6448 */ | |
| 6449 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6450 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6451 } | |
| 6452 else | |
| 6453 #endif | |
| 6454 { | |
| 6455 /* | |
| 6456 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6457 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6458 */ | |
| 6459 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6460 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6461 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6462 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6463 } | |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6466 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6467 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6468 #endif | |
| 6469 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6470 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6471 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6472 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6473 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6474 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6475 #endif | |
| 6476 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6477 } | |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6480 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6483 { | |
| 6484 update_topline(); | |
| 6485 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6486 } | |
| 6487 } | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 /* | |
| 7 | 6490 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6491 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6492 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6493 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6494 * saved here. | |
| 6495 */ | |
| 6496 void | |
| 6497 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6498 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6499 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6500 { | |
| 6501 pos_T pos; | |
| 6502 colnr_T len; | |
| 6503 char_u *old; | |
| 6504 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6505 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6506 int cc; |
| 7 | 6507 |
| 6508 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6509 return; | |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6512 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6515 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6518 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6519 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6520 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6521 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6522 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6523 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6524 { | |
| 6525 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6526 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6527 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6528 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6529 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6530 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6531 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6532 { |
| 6533 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6534 return; | |
| 6535 } | |
| 6536 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6537 } | |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6540 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6541 * comments. */ | |
| 6542 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 3562 | 6543 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) |
| 7 | 6544 return; |
| 6545 #endif | |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 /* | |
| 6548 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6549 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6550 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6551 */ | |
| 6552 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6553 { | |
| 6554 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6555 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6556 return; | |
| 6557 } | |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 /* | |
| 6560 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6561 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6562 */ | |
| 6563 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6564 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6565 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6566 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6567 | |
| 6568 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6569 { | |
| 6570 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6571 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6572 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6573 } | |
| 6574 else | |
| 6575 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6578 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6579 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6580 * formatted. */ | |
| 6581 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6584 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6585 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6586 { | |
| 6587 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6588 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6589 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6590 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6591 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6592 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6593 } | |
| 6594 else | |
| 6595 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6596 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6597 } | |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 check_cursor(); | |
| 6600 } | |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 /* | |
| 6603 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6604 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6605 * position. | |
| 6606 */ | |
| 6607 static void | |
| 6608 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6609 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6610 { | |
| 6611 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6612 int cc; |
| 7 | 6613 |
| 6614 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6615 { | |
| 301 | 6616 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6617 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6618 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6619 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6620 else | |
| 6621 { | |
| 6622 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6623 { | |
| 6624 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6625 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6626 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6627 } | |
| 6628 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6631 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6632 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6633 } | |
| 6634 } | |
| 6635 } | |
| 6636 } | |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 /* | |
| 6639 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6640 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6641 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6642 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6643 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6644 */ | |
| 6645 int | |
| 6646 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6647 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6648 { |
| 6649 int textwidth; | |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6652 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6653 { | |
| 6654 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6655 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6656 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6657 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6658 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6659 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6660 #endif | |
| 6661 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6662 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6663 #endif | |
| 6664 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6665 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6666 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6667 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6668 # endif |
| 6669 ) | |
| 6670 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6671 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6672 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6673 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6674 } | |
| 6675 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6676 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6677 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6678 { | |
| 6679 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6680 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6681 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6682 } | |
| 6683 return textwidth; | |
| 6684 } | |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 /* | |
| 6687 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6688 */ | |
| 6689 static void | |
| 6690 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6691 int c; | |
| 6692 { | |
| 6693 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6696 * three digits. */ | |
| 6697 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6698 { | |
| 1872 | 6699 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6700 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6701 } | |
| 6702 else | |
| 6703 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6704 } | |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 /* | |
| 6707 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6708 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6709 */ |
| 6710 static void | |
| 6711 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6712 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6713 { |
| 6714 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6715 { | |
| 6716 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 5434 | 6717 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6718 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ |
| 6719 } | |
| 744 | 6720 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6721 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6722 #endif | |
| 7 | 6723 } |
| 6724 | |
| 744 | 6725 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6726 /* |
| 6727 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6728 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6729 */ | |
| 6730 static void | |
| 6731 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6732 { | |
| 6733 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6734 { | |
| 6735 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6738 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6739 } | |
| 6740 } | |
| 484 | 6741 |
| 6742 /* | |
| 6743 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6744 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6745 */ | |
| 6746 static void | |
| 6747 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6748 { | |
| 6749 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6750 | |
| 499 | 6751 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6752 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6753 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6754 } | |
| 221 | 6755 #endif |
| 6756 | |
| 7 | 6757 /* |
| 6758 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6759 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6760 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6761 */ | |
| 6762 int | |
| 6763 stop_arrow() | |
| 6764 { | |
| 6765 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6766 { | |
| 6767 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6768 { | |
| 6769 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6770 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6771 } | |
| 6772 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6773 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6774 ai_col = 0; |
| 6775 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6776 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6777 { | |
| 6778 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6779 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6780 } | |
| 6781 #endif | |
| 6782 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6783 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6784 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6785 } |
| 6786 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6787 { | |
| 6788 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6789 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6790 } | |
| 6791 | |
| 6792 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6793 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6794 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6795 #endif | |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6798 } | |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 /* | |
| 840 | 6801 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6802 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6803 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6804 */ |
| 6805 static void | |
| 5434 | 6806 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc, nomove) |
| 840 | 6807 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6808 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 5434 | 6809 int nomove; /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 6810 { |
| 603 | 6811 int cc; |
| 6812 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6813 |
| 6814 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6815 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 /* | |
| 603 | 6818 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6819 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6820 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6821 */ |
| 603 | 6822 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6823 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6824 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6825 { |
| 6826 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6827 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6828 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6829 } | |
| 6830 else | |
| 6831 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6832 |
| 840 | 6833 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6834 { |
| 6835 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6836 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6837 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6838 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6839 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6840 { |
| 10 | 6841 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6842 | |
| 7 | 6843 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6844 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6845 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6846 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6847 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6848 { | |
| 6849 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6850 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6851 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6852 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6853 } |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6856 | |
| 10 | 6857 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6858 { | |
| 6859 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6860 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6861 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6862 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6863 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6864 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6865 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6866 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6867 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6868 #endif | |
| 6869 } | |
| 7 | 6870 } |
| 6871 | |
| 6872 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6873 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6876 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6877 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6878 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6879 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 5434 | 6880 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6881 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6882 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6883 { |
| 10 | 6884 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6887 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6888 for (;;) |
| 6889 { | |
| 6890 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6891 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6892 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6893 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6894 break; | |
| 1892 | 6895 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6896 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6897 } |
| 10 | 6898 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6899 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6900 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6901 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6902 | |
| 6903 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6904 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6905 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6906 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6907 { | |
| 1872 | 6908 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6911 { |
| 1872 | 6912 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6913 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6914 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6915 # endif | |
| 6916 } | |
| 6917 } | |
| 6918 #endif | |
| 6919 } | |
| 6920 } | |
| 6921 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6922 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6923 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6924 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6925 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6926 #endif | |
| 6927 | |
| 840 | 6928 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6929 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6930 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6931 { | |
| 6932 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 5680 | 6933 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; |
| 840 | 6934 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; |
| 6935 } | |
| 7 | 6936 } |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 /* | |
| 6939 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6940 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6941 */ | |
| 6942 void | |
| 6943 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6944 int c; | |
| 6945 { | |
| 6946 char_u *s; | |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6949 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6950 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6951 { | |
| 6952 s = last_insert; | |
| 6953 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6954 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6955 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6956 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6957 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6958 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6959 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6960 } | |
| 6961 } | |
| 6962 | |
| 359 | 6963 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6964 void | |
| 6965 free_last_insert() | |
| 6966 { | |
| 6967 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6968 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6969 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6970 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6971 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6972 # endif |
| 359 | 6973 } |
| 6974 #endif | |
| 6975 | |
| 7 | 6976 /* |
| 6977 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6978 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6979 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6980 */ | |
| 6981 char_u * | |
| 6982 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6983 int c; | |
| 6984 char_u *s; | |
| 6985 { | |
| 6986 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3549 | 6987 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 6988 int i; |
| 6989 int len; | |
| 6990 | |
| 6991 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6992 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6993 { | |
| 6994 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6995 #endif | |
| 6996 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6997 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6998 { | |
| 6999 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 7000 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 7001 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 7002 } | |
| 7003 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7004 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 7005 { | |
| 7006 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 7007 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 7008 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 7009 } | |
| 7010 #endif | |
| 7011 else | |
| 7012 *s++ = c; | |
| 7013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7014 } | |
| 7015 #endif | |
| 7016 return s; | |
| 7017 } | |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 /* | |
| 7020 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 7021 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 7022 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 7023 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 7024 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 7025 */ | |
| 7026 void | |
| 7027 beginline(flags) | |
| 7028 int flags; | |
| 7029 { | |
| 7030 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 7031 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7032 else | |
| 7033 { | |
| 7034 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7035 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7036 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7037 #endif | |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 7040 { | |
| 7041 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7042 | |
| 7043 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 7044 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 7045 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7046 } | |
| 7047 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7048 } | |
| 7049 } | |
| 7050 | |
| 7051 /* | |
| 7052 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 7053 * | |
| 7054 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 7055 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 7056 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 7057 */ | |
| 7058 | |
| 7059 int | |
| 7060 oneright() | |
| 7061 { | |
| 7062 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7063 int l; | |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7066 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7067 { | |
| 7068 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7069 | |
| 7070 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 7071 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7072 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 7073 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 7074 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 7075 # else |
| 7 | 7076 *ptr |
| 773 | 7077 # endif |
| 7 | 7078 )) |
| 7079 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 7080 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7081 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 7082 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7083 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7084 } | |
| 7085 #endif | |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 7088 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 7089 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 7090 | |
| 7 | 7091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 7092 if (has_mbyte) |
| 7093 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 7094 else |
| 7095 #endif | |
| 773 | 7096 l = 1; |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 7099 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 7100 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 7101 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7102 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 7103 #endif | |
| 7104 ) | |
| 7105 return FAIL; | |
| 7106 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 7107 |
| 7108 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7109 return OK; | |
| 7110 } | |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 int | |
| 7113 oneleft() | |
| 7114 { | |
| 7115 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7116 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7117 { | |
| 7118 int width; | |
| 7119 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 if (v == 0) | |
| 7122 return FAIL; | |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 7125 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 7126 width = 1; | |
| 7127 for (;;) | |
| 7128 { | |
| 7129 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 7130 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 7131 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 7132 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 7133 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7134 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7135 # endif | |
| 7136 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7137 break; | |
| 7138 ++width; | |
| 7139 } | |
| 7140 # else | |
| 7141 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7142 # endif | |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7145 { | |
| 7146 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7147 | |
| 7148 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7149 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7150 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7151 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7152 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7153 # else | |
| 7154 *ptr | |
| 7155 # endif | |
| 7156 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7157 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7158 } | |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7161 return OK; | |
| 7162 } | |
| 7163 #endif | |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7166 return FAIL; | |
| 7167 | |
| 7168 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7169 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7170 | |
| 7171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7172 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7173 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7174 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7175 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7176 #endif | |
| 7177 return OK; | |
| 7178 } | |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 int | |
| 7181 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7182 long n; | |
| 7183 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7184 { | |
| 7185 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 if (n > 0) | |
| 7188 { | |
| 7189 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7190 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7191 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7192 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7193 return FAIL; |
| 7194 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7195 lnum = 1; | |
| 7196 else | |
| 7197 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7198 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7199 { | |
| 7200 /* | |
| 7201 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7202 */ | |
| 4352 | 7203 /* go to the start of the current fold */ |
| 7 | 7204 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 while (n--) | |
| 7207 { | |
| 7208 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7209 --lnum; | |
| 7210 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7211 break; | |
| 7212 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7213 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7214 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7215 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7216 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7217 } | |
| 7218 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7219 lnum = 1; | |
| 7220 } | |
| 7221 else | |
| 7222 #endif | |
| 7223 lnum -= n; | |
| 7224 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7225 } | |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7228 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7231 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 return OK; | |
| 7234 } | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 /* | |
| 7237 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7238 */ | |
| 7239 int | |
| 7240 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7241 long n; | |
| 7242 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7243 { | |
| 7244 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 if (n > 0) | |
| 7247 { | |
| 7248 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7249 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7250 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7251 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7252 #endif | |
| 161 | 7253 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 4352 | 7254 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ |
| 161 | 7255 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
| 7256 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7257 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7258 return FAIL; |
| 7259 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7260 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7261 else | |
| 7262 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7263 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7264 { | |
| 7265 linenr_T last; | |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7268 while (n--) | |
| 7269 { | |
| 7270 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7271 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7272 else | |
| 7273 ++lnum; | |
| 7274 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7275 break; | |
| 7276 } | |
| 7277 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7278 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7279 } | |
| 7280 else | |
| 7281 #endif | |
| 7282 lnum += n; | |
| 7283 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7284 } | |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7287 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7290 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7291 | |
| 7292 return OK; | |
| 7293 } | |
| 7294 | |
| 7295 /* | |
| 7296 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7297 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7298 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7299 */ | |
| 7300 int | |
| 7301 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7302 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7303 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7304 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7305 { | |
| 7306 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7307 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7308 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7309 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7310 | |
| 7311 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7312 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7315 return FAIL; | |
| 7316 } | |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7319 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7320 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7321 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7322 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7323 | |
| 7324 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7325 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7326 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7327 */ | |
| 7328 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7329 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7330 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7331 { | |
| 7332 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7333 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7334 } | |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 do | |
| 7337 { | |
| 7338 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7339 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7340 if (last) | |
| 7341 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7342 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7343 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7344 } | |
| 7345 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7346 | |
| 7347 if (last) | |
| 7348 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7351 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7352 | |
| 7353 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7354 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7355 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7356 | |
| 7357 return OK; | |
| 7358 } | |
| 7359 | |
| 7360 char_u * | |
| 7361 get_last_insert() | |
| 7362 { | |
| 7363 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7364 return NULL; | |
| 7365 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7366 } | |
| 7367 | |
| 7368 /* | |
| 7369 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7370 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7371 */ | |
| 7372 char_u * | |
| 7373 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7374 { | |
| 7375 char_u *s; | |
| 7376 int len; | |
| 7377 | |
| 7378 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7379 return NULL; | |
| 7380 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7381 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7382 { | |
| 7383 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7384 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7385 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7386 } | |
| 7387 return s; | |
| 7388 } | |
| 7389 | |
| 7390 /* | |
| 7391 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7392 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7393 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7394 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7395 */ | |
| 7396 static int | |
| 7397 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7398 int c; | |
| 7399 { | |
| 7400 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7401 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7402 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7403 return FALSE; | |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7406 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7407 } | |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 /* | |
| 7410 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7411 * | |
| 7412 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7413 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7414 * | |
| 7415 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7416 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7417 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7418 * | |
| 7419 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7420 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7421 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7422 * | |
| 7423 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7424 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7425 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7426 */ | |
| 7427 | |
| 298 | 7428 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7429 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7430 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7431 |
| 7432 void | |
| 7433 replace_push(c) | |
| 7434 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7435 { | |
| 7436 char_u *p; | |
| 7437 | |
| 7438 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7439 return; | |
| 7440 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7441 { | |
| 7442 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7443 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7444 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7445 { | |
| 7446 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7447 return; | |
| 7448 } | |
| 7449 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7450 { | |
| 7451 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7452 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7453 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7454 } | |
| 7455 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7456 } | |
| 7457 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7458 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7459 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7460 *p = c; | |
| 7461 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7462 } | |
| 7463 | |
| 1470 | 7464 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7465 /* | |
| 7466 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7467 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7468 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7469 */ | |
| 7470 int | |
| 7471 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7472 char_u *p; | |
| 7473 { | |
| 7474 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7475 int j; | |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7478 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7479 return l; | |
| 7480 } | |
| 7481 #endif | |
| 7482 | |
| 7 | 7483 /* |
| 7484 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7485 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7486 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7487 */ | |
| 7488 static int | |
| 7489 replace_pop() | |
| 7490 { | |
| 7491 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7492 return -1; | |
| 7493 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7494 } | |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 /* | |
| 7497 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7498 * encountered. | |
| 7499 */ | |
| 7500 static void | |
| 7501 replace_join(off) | |
| 7502 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7503 { | |
| 7504 int i; | |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7507 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7508 { | |
| 7509 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7510 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7511 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7512 return; | |
| 7513 } | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 /* | |
| 7517 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7518 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7519 */ | |
| 7520 static void | |
| 7521 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7522 { | |
| 7523 int cc; | |
| 7524 int oldState = State; | |
| 7525 | |
| 7526 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7527 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7530 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7531 #else | |
| 7532 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7533 #endif | |
| 7534 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7535 } | |
| 7536 State = oldState; | |
| 7537 } | |
| 7538 | |
| 7539 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7540 /* | |
| 7541 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7542 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7543 */ | |
| 7544 static void | |
| 7545 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7546 int cc; | |
| 7547 { | |
| 7548 int n; | |
| 3549 | 7549 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7550 int i; |
| 7551 int c; | |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7554 { | |
| 7555 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7556 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7557 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7558 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7559 } | |
| 7560 else | |
| 7561 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7562 | |
| 7563 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7564 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7565 for (;;) | |
| 7566 { | |
| 7567 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7568 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7569 break; | |
| 7570 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7571 { | |
| 7572 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7573 replace_push(c); | |
| 7574 break; | |
| 7575 } | |
| 7576 else | |
| 7577 { | |
| 7578 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7579 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7580 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7581 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7582 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7583 else | |
| 7584 { | |
| 7585 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7586 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7587 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7588 break; | |
| 7589 } | |
| 7590 } | |
| 7591 } | |
| 7592 } | |
| 7593 #endif | |
| 7594 | |
| 7595 /* | |
| 7596 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7597 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7598 */ | |
| 7599 static void | |
| 7600 replace_flush() | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7603 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7604 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7605 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7606 } | |
| 7607 | |
| 7608 /* | |
| 7609 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7610 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7611 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7612 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7613 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7614 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7615 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7616 */ |
| 7617 static void | |
| 1782 | 7618 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7619 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7620 { |
| 7621 int cc; | |
| 7622 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7623 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7624 int ins_len; | |
| 7625 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7626 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7627 char_u *p; | |
| 7628 int i; | |
| 7629 int vcol; | |
| 7630 #endif | |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7633 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7634 { | |
| 7635 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7636 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7637 { | |
| 7638 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7639 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7640 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7641 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7642 } | |
| 7643 #endif | |
| 7644 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7645 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7646 { | |
| 1782 | 7647 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7648 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7649 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7650 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7651 # endif |
| 7652 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7653 } | |
| 7654 else | |
| 7655 #endif | |
| 7656 { | |
| 7657 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7658 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7659 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7660 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7661 #endif |
| 7662 } | |
| 7663 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7666 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7667 { | |
| 7668 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7669 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7670 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7671 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7672 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7673 { | |
| 7674 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7675 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7676 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7677 #endif |
| 7678 } | |
| 7679 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7682 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7683 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7684 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7685 { | |
| 7686 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7687 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7688 } | |
| 7689 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7690 } | |
| 7691 #endif | |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7694 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7695 } | |
| 7696 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7697 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7698 } |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7701 /* | |
| 7702 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7703 */ | |
| 7704 static int | |
| 7705 cindent_on() | |
| 7706 { | |
| 7707 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7708 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7709 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7710 # endif | |
| 7711 )); | |
| 7712 } | |
| 7713 #endif | |
| 7714 | |
| 7715 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7716 /* | |
| 7717 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7718 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7719 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7720 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7721 */ | |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 void | |
| 7724 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7725 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7726 { | |
| 1516 | 7727 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7728 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7729 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7730 } | |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 void | |
| 7733 fix_indent() | |
| 7734 { | |
| 7735 if (p_paste) | |
| 7736 return; | |
| 7737 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7738 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7739 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7740 # endif | |
| 7741 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7742 else | |
| 7743 # endif | |
| 7744 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7745 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7746 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7747 # endif | |
| 7748 } | |
| 7749 | |
| 7750 #endif | |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7753 /* | |
| 7754 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7755 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 4352 | 7756 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) |
| 7 | 7757 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) |
| 7758 * | |
| 7759 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7760 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7761 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7762 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7763 * | |
| 7764 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7765 */ | |
| 7766 int | |
| 7767 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7768 int keytyped; | |
| 7769 int when; | |
| 7770 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7771 { | |
| 7772 char_u *look; | |
| 7773 int try_match; | |
| 7774 int try_match_word; | |
| 7775 char_u *p; | |
| 7776 char_u *line; | |
| 7777 int icase; | |
| 7778 int i; | |
| 7779 | |
| 2025 | 7780 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7781 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7782 return FALSE; | |
| 7783 | |
| 7 | 7784 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7785 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7786 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7787 else | |
| 7788 #endif | |
| 7789 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7790 while (*look) | |
| 7791 { | |
| 7792 /* | |
| 7793 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7794 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7795 */ | |
| 7796 switch (when) | |
| 7797 { | |
| 7798 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7799 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7800 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7801 } | |
| 7802 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7803 ++look; | |
| 7804 | |
| 7805 /* | |
| 7806 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7807 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7808 */ | |
| 7809 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7810 { | |
| 7811 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7812 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7813 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7814 ++look; | |
| 7815 } | |
| 7816 else | |
| 7817 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 /* | |
| 7820 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7821 */ | |
| 7822 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7823 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7824 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7825 #else | |
| 7826 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7827 #endif | |
| 7828 ) | |
| 7829 { | |
| 7830 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7831 return TRUE; | |
| 7832 look += 2; | |
| 7833 } | |
| 7834 /* | |
| 7835 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7836 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7837 */ | |
| 7838 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7839 { | |
| 7840 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7841 return TRUE; | |
| 7842 ++look; | |
| 7843 } | |
| 7844 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7845 { | |
| 7846 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7847 return TRUE; | |
| 7848 ++look; | |
| 7849 } | |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 /* | |
| 7852 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7853 * cursor. | |
| 7854 */ | |
| 7855 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7856 { | |
| 7857 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7858 { | |
| 7859 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7860 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7861 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7862 return TRUE; | |
| 7863 } | |
| 7864 ++look; | |
| 7865 } | |
| 7866 | |
| 7867 /* | |
| 7868 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7869 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7870 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7871 */ | |
| 7872 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7873 { | |
| 7874 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7875 { | |
| 7876 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5442 | 7877 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 7878 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7879 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7880 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7881 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7882 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7883 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7884 { | |
| 7885 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7886 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 5442 | 7887 || cin_islabel()); |
| 7 | 7888 p = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7889 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7890 if (i) | |
| 7891 return TRUE; | |
| 7892 } | |
| 7893 } | |
| 7894 ++look; | |
| 7895 } | |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 /* | |
| 7899 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7900 */ | |
| 7901 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7902 { | |
| 7903 if (try_match) | |
| 7904 { | |
| 7905 /* | |
| 7906 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7907 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7908 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7909 */ | |
| 7910 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7911 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7912 return TRUE; | |
| 7913 | |
| 7914 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7915 return TRUE; | |
| 7916 } | |
| 7917 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7918 look++; | |
| 7919 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7920 look++; | |
| 7921 } | |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 /* | |
| 7924 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7925 */ | |
| 7926 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7927 { | |
| 7928 ++look; | |
| 7929 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7930 { | |
| 7931 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7932 ++look; | |
| 7933 } | |
| 7934 else | |
| 7935 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7936 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7937 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7938 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7939 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7940 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7941 { | |
| 7942 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7945 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7946 { | |
| 7947 char_u *s; | |
| 7948 | |
| 7949 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7950 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7951 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7952 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7953 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7954 { | |
| 7955 char_u *n; | |
| 7956 | |
| 7957 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7958 { | |
| 7959 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7960 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7961 break; | |
| 7962 } | |
| 7963 } | |
| 7964 else | |
| 7965 # endif | |
| 7966 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7967 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7968 break; | |
| 7969 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7970 && (icase | |
| 7971 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7972 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7973 match = TRUE; | |
| 7974 } | |
| 7975 else | |
| 7976 #endif | |
| 7977 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7978 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7979 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7980 { | |
| 7981 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7982 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7983 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7984 && (icase | |
| 7985 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7986 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7987 == 0) | |
| 7988 match = TRUE; | |
| 7989 } | |
| 7990 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7991 { | |
| 7992 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7993 * word. */ | |
| 7994 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7995 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7996 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7997 match = FALSE; | |
| 7998 } | |
| 7999 if (match) | |
| 8000 return TRUE; | |
| 8001 } | |
| 8002 look = p; | |
| 8003 } | |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 /* | |
| 8006 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 8007 */ | |
| 8008 else | |
| 8009 { | |
| 8010 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 8011 return TRUE; | |
| 8012 ++look; | |
| 8013 } | |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 /* | |
| 8016 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 8017 */ | |
| 8018 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 8019 } | |
| 8020 return FALSE; | |
| 8021 } | |
| 8022 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8025 /* | |
| 8026 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 8027 */ | |
| 8028 int | |
| 8029 hkmap(c) | |
| 8030 int c; | |
| 8031 { | |
| 8032 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 8033 { | |
| 8034 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 8035 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 8036 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 8037 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 8038 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 8039 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 8040 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 8041 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 8042 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 8043 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 8044 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 8045 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 8046 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 8047 | |
| 8048 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 8049 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 8050 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 8051 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 8052 return 'X'; | |
| 8053 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 8054 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 8055 else if (c == 246) | |
| 8056 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 8057 else if (c == 228) | |
| 8058 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 8059 else if (c == 252) | |
| 8060 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 8061 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8062 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 8063 #else | |
| 8064 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 8065 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 8066 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 8067 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 8068 */ | |
| 8069 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 8070 #endif | |
| 8071 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 8072 else | |
| 8073 return c; | |
| 8074 } | |
| 8075 else | |
| 8076 { | |
| 8077 switch (c) | |
| 8078 { | |
| 8079 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 8080 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 8081 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 8082 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 8083 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 8084 | |
| 8085 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 8086 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 8087 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 8088 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 8089 default: { | |
| 8090 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 8091 | |
| 8092 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8093 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 8094 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 8095 #else | |
| 8096 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 8097 #endif | |
| 8098 return c; | |
| 8099 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 8100 break; | |
| 8101 } | |
| 8102 } | |
| 8103 | |
| 8104 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 8105 } | |
| 8106 } | |
| 8107 #endif | |
| 8108 | |
| 8109 static void | |
| 8110 ins_reg() | |
| 8111 { | |
| 8112 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8113 int regname; | |
| 8114 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 8115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 8116 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 8117 #endif | |
| 7 | 8118 |
| 8119 /* | |
| 8120 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 8121 */ | |
| 8122 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 8123 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 8124 { | |
| 8125 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 8126 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 8127 |
| 8128 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8129 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8130 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8131 #endif | |
| 8132 } | |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8135 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8136 #endif | |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 /* | |
| 8139 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8140 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8141 */ | |
| 8142 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8143 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8144 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8145 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8146 { | |
| 8147 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8148 literally = regname; | |
| 8149 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8150 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8151 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8152 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8153 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8154 } | |
| 8155 --no_mapping; | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
|
4909
2945fe016b93
updated for version 7.3.1200
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
8158 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error |
|
2945fe016b93
updated for version 7.3.1200
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
8159 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ |
| 7 | 8160 ++no_u_sync; |
| 8161 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8162 { | |
| 133 | 8163 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8164 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8165 # endif |
|
5120
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8166 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8167 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8168 u_sync_once = 2; |
|
5018
d6a7dea44a86
updated for version 7.3.1253
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4909
diff
changeset
|
8169 |
| 7 | 8170 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8171 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8172 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8173 if (im_on) | |
| 8174 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8175 # endif |
| 7 | 8176 } |
| 140 | 8177 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8178 { | |
| 8179 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8180 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8181 } |
| 7 | 8182 else |
| 8183 { | |
| 8184 #endif | |
| 8185 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8186 { | |
| 8187 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8188 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8189 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8190 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8191 | |
| 8192 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8193 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8194 } | |
| 8195 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8196 { | |
| 8197 vim_beep(); | |
| 8198 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8199 } | |
| 133 | 8200 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8201 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8202 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8203 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8204 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8205 | |
| 7 | 8206 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8207 } | |
| 8208 --no_u_sync; | |
|
5120
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8209 if (u_sync_once == 1) |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8210 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8211 u_sync_once = 0; |
| 7 | 8212 #endif |
| 8213 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8214 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8215 #endif | |
| 8216 | |
| 8217 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8218 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8219 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8220 |
| 8221 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8222 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8223 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8224 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 8225 #endif | |
| 7 | 8226 } |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 /* | |
| 8229 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8230 */ | |
| 8231 static void | |
| 8232 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8233 { | |
| 8234 int c; | |
| 8235 | |
| 8236 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8237 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8238 setcursor(); | |
| 8239 #endif | |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 /* | |
| 8242 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8243 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8244 */ | |
| 8245 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8246 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8247 --no_mapping; |
| 8248 switch (c) | |
| 8249 { | |
| 8250 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8251 case K_UP: | |
| 8252 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8253 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8254 break; | |
| 8255 | |
| 8256 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8257 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8258 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8259 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8260 break; | |
| 8261 | |
| 8262 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8263 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8264 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8265 |
| 8266 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8267 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 5680 | 8268 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; |
| 626 | 8269 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8270 break; |
| 8271 | |
| 8272 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8273 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8274 } | |
| 8275 } | |
| 8276 | |
| 8277 /* | |
| 449 | 8278 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8279 */ | |
| 8280 static void | |
| 8281 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8282 { | |
| 782 | 8283 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8284 { |
| 8285 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8286 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8287 { | |
| 8288 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8289 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8290 } | |
| 8291 else | |
| 8292 { | |
| 8293 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8294 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8295 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8296 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8297 #endif | |
| 8298 } | |
| 8299 } | |
| 8300 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8301 else | |
| 8302 { | |
| 8303 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8304 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8305 { | |
| 8306 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8307 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8308 } | |
| 8309 else | |
| 8310 { | |
| 8311 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8312 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8313 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8314 } | |
| 8315 } | |
| 8316 #endif | |
| 8317 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8318 showmode(); | |
| 8319 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8320 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8321 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8322 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8323 #endif | |
| 8324 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8325 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8326 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8327 #endif | |
| 8328 } | |
| 8329 | |
| 8330 /* | |
| 7 | 8331 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8332 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8333 * insert. | |
| 8334 */ | |
| 8335 static int | |
| 477 | 8336 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8337 long *count; |
| 8338 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8339 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8340 { |
| 8341 int temp; | |
| 8342 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8343 | |
| 744 | 8344 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8345 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8346 #endif | |
| 7 | 8347 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8348 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8349 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8350 # endif | |
| 8351 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8352 { | |
| 8353 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8354 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8355 } | |
| 8356 #endif | |
| 8357 | |
| 8358 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8359 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8360 { | |
| 8361 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8362 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8363 } | |
| 8364 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8365 { | |
| 8366 /* | |
| 8367 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8368 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8369 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8370 */ |
| 8371 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8372 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8373 |
| 8374 /* | |
| 8375 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8376 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8377 */ | |
| 8378 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8379 { | |
| 8380 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8381 if (got_int) | |
| 8382 *count = 0; | |
| 8383 } | |
| 8384 | |
| 8385 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8386 { | |
| 164 | 8387 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8388 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8389 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8390 | |
| 7 | 8391 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8392 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8393 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8394 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8395 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8396 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8397 } | |
| 5434 | 8398 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); |
| 7 | 8399 undisplay_dollar(); |
| 8400 } | |
| 8401 | |
| 8402 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8403 * indent */ | |
| 8404 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8405 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8406 | |
| 8407 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8408 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8409 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 /* | |
| 8412 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8413 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8414 */ |
| 477 | 8415 if (!nomove |
| 8416 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8417 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8418 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8419 #endif | |
| 477 | 8420 ) |
| 8421 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8422 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8423 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8424 && !VIsual_active |
| 8425 #endif | |
| 8426 )) | |
| 7 | 8427 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8428 && !revins_on | |
| 8429 #endif | |
| 8430 ) | |
| 8431 { | |
| 8432 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8433 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8434 { | |
| 8435 oneleft(); | |
| 8436 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8437 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8438 } | |
| 8439 else | |
| 8440 #endif | |
| 8441 { | |
| 8442 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8444 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8445 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8446 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8447 #endif | |
| 8448 } | |
| 8449 } | |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8452 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8453 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8454 * well). */ | |
| 8455 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8456 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8457 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8458 #endif | |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8461 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8462 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8465 setmouse(); | |
| 8466 #endif | |
| 8467 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8468 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8469 #endif | |
| 8470 | |
| 8471 /* | |
| 8472 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8473 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8474 */ | |
| 8475 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8476 showmode(); | |
| 8477 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8478 MSG(""); | |
| 8479 | |
| 8480 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8481 } | |
| 8482 | |
| 8483 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8484 /* | |
| 8485 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8486 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8487 */ | |
| 8488 static void | |
| 8489 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8490 { | |
| 8491 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8492 { | |
| 8493 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8494 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8495 } | |
| 8496 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8497 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8498 if (revins_on) | |
| 8499 { | |
| 8500 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8501 revins_legal++; | |
| 8502 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8503 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8504 } | |
| 8505 else | |
| 8506 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8507 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8508 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8509 { | |
| 8510 /* | |
| 8511 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8512 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8513 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8514 */ | |
| 8515 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8516 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8517 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8518 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8519 State = INSERT; | |
| 8520 } | |
| 8521 else | |
| 8522 #endif | |
| 8523 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8524 showmode(); | |
| 8525 } | |
| 8526 #endif | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8529 /* | |
| 8530 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8531 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8532 */ | |
| 8533 static int | |
| 8534 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8535 int c; | |
| 8536 { | |
| 8537 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8538 switch (c) | |
| 8539 { | |
| 8540 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8541 case K_KEND: | |
| 8542 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8543 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8544 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8545 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8546 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8547 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8548 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8549 case K_UP: | |
| 8550 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8551 case K_END: | |
| 8552 case K_HOME: | |
| 8553 # endif | |
| 8554 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8555 break; | |
| 8556 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8557 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8558 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8559 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8560 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8561 case K_S_END: | |
| 8562 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8563 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8564 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8565 start_selection(); | |
| 8566 | |
| 8567 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8568 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8569 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8570 { | |
| 8571 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8572 | |
| 8573 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8574 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8575 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8576 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8577 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8578 } | |
| 8579 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8580 return TRUE; | |
| 8581 } | |
| 8582 return FALSE; | |
| 8583 } | |
| 8584 #endif | |
| 8585 | |
| 8586 /* | |
| 4352 | 8587 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. |
| 449 | 8588 */ |
| 8589 static void | |
| 8590 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8591 int replaceState; | |
| 8592 { | |
| 8593 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8594 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8595 { | |
| 8596 beep_flush(); | |
| 8597 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8598 return; | |
| 8599 } | |
| 8600 #endif | |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8603 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8604 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8605 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8606 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8607 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8608 # endif | |
| 8609 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8610 # endif |
| 449 | 8611 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8612 #endif | |
| 8613 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8614 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8615 else | |
| 8616 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8617 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8618 showmode(); | |
| 8619 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8620 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8621 #endif | |
| 8622 } | |
| 8623 | |
| 8624 /* | |
| 8625 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8626 */ | |
| 8627 static void | |
| 8628 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8629 { | |
| 8630 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8631 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8632 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8633 else | |
| 8634 #endif | |
| 8635 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8636 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8637 else | |
| 8638 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8639 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8640 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8641 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8642 else | |
| 8643 #endif | |
| 8644 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8645 } | |
| 8646 | |
| 8647 /* | |
| 7 | 8648 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8649 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8650 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8651 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8652 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8653 */ | |
| 8654 static void | |
| 8655 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8656 int c; | |
| 8657 int lastc; | |
| 8658 { | |
| 8659 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8660 return; | |
| 8661 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8662 | |
| 8663 /* | |
| 8664 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8665 */ | |
| 1330 | 8666 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8667 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8668 { |
| 8669 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8670 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8671 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8672 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8673 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8674 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8675 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8676 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8677 } |
| 8678 else | |
| 1516 | 8679 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8680 |
| 8681 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8682 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8683 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8684 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8685 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8686 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8687 #endif | |
| 8688 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8689 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8690 #endif | |
| 8691 } | |
| 8692 | |
| 8693 static void | |
| 8694 ins_del() | |
| 8695 { | |
| 8696 int temp; | |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8699 return; | |
| 8700 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8701 { | |
| 8702 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8703 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 3562 | 8704 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8705 vim_beep(); |
| 8706 else | |
| 8707 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8708 } | |
| 8709 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8710 vim_beep(); | |
| 8711 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8712 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8713 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8714 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8715 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8716 #endif | |
| 8717 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8718 } | |
| 8719 | |
| 1460 | 8720 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 /* | |
| 8723 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8724 */ | |
| 8725 static void | |
| 8726 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8727 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8728 { | |
| 8729 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8730 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8731 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8732 { | |
| 8733 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8734 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8735 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8736 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8737 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8738 } |
| 8739 else | |
| 8740 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8741 } | |
| 8742 | |
| 7 | 8743 /* |
| 8744 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8745 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8746 */ | |
| 8747 static int | |
| 8748 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8749 int c; | |
| 8750 int mode; | |
| 8751 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8752 { | |
| 8753 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8754 int cc; | |
| 8755 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8756 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8757 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8758 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8759 int in_indent; | |
| 8760 int oldState; | |
| 8761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8762 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8763 #endif |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 /* | |
| 8766 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8767 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8768 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8769 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8770 */ | |
| 8771 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8772 || ( | |
| 8773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8774 !revins_on && | |
| 8775 #endif | |
| 8776 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8777 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8778 && (arrow_used | |
| 8779 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8780 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8781 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8782 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8783 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8784 { | |
| 8785 vim_beep(); | |
| 8786 return FALSE; | |
| 8787 } | |
| 8788 | |
| 8789 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8790 return FALSE; | |
| 8791 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8792 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8793 if (in_indent) | |
| 8794 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8795 #endif | |
| 8796 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8797 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8798 #endif | |
| 8799 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8800 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8801 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8802 #endif | |
| 8803 | |
| 8804 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8805 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8806 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8807 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8808 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8809 */ | |
| 8810 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8811 { | |
| 8812 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8813 { | |
| 8814 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8815 return TRUE; | |
| 8816 } | |
| 8817 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8818 { | |
| 8819 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8820 return TRUE; | |
| 8821 } | |
| 8822 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8823 } | |
| 8824 #endif | |
| 8825 | |
| 8826 /* | |
| 8827 * delete newline! | |
| 8828 */ | |
| 8829 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8830 { | |
| 8831 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8832 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8833 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8834 || revins_on | |
| 8835 #endif | |
| 8836 ) | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8839 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8840 return FALSE; | |
| 8841 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8842 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8843 } | |
| 8844 /* | |
| 8845 * In replace mode: | |
| 8846 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8847 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8848 */ | |
| 8849 cc = -1; | |
| 8850 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8851 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8852 /* | |
| 8853 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8854 * cursor. | |
| 8855 */ | |
| 8856 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8857 { | |
| 8858 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8859 } | |
| 8860 else | |
| 8861 { | |
| 8862 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8863 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8864 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8865 #endif | |
| 8866 { | |
| 8867 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8868 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8869 |
| 8870 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8871 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8872 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8873 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8874 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8875 { | |
| 8876 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8877 TRUE); | |
| 8878 int len; | |
| 8879 | |
| 835 | 8880 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8881 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8882 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8883 } | |
| 8884 | |
| 3562 | 8885 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8886 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8887 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8888 } | |
| 8889 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8890 else | |
| 8891 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8892 #endif | |
| 8893 | |
| 8894 /* | |
| 8895 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8896 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8897 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8898 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8899 */ | |
| 8900 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8901 { | |
| 8902 /* | |
| 8903 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8904 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8905 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8906 */ | |
| 8907 oldState = State; | |
| 8908 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8909 /* | |
| 8910 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8911 */ | |
| 8912 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8913 { | |
| 1872 | 8914 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8916 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8917 #else | |
| 8918 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8919 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8920 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8921 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8922 } | |
| 8923 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8924 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8925 State = oldState; | |
| 8926 } | |
| 8927 } | |
| 8928 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8929 } | |
| 8930 else | |
| 8931 { | |
| 8932 /* | |
| 8933 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8934 */ | |
| 8935 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8936 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8937 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8938 #endif | |
| 8939 mincol = 0; | |
| 8940 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8941 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8942 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8943 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8944 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8945 #endif |
| 8946 ) | |
| 7 | 8947 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8948 && !revins_on | |
| 8949 #endif | |
| 8950 ) | |
| 8951 { | |
| 1872 | 8952 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8953 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8954 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8955 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8956 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8957 } |
| 8958 | |
| 8959 /* | |
| 8960 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8961 */ | |
| 8962 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8963 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 3873 | 8964 || (get_sts_value() != 0 |
| 1497 | 8965 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8966 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8967 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8968 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8969 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8970 { | |
| 8971 int ts; | |
| 8972 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8973 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8974 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8975 |
| 8976 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8977 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 5438 | 8978 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 7 | 8979 else |
| 3873 | 8980 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); |
| 7 | 8981 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since |
| 8982 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8983 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8984 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8985 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8986 dec_cursor(); |
| 8987 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8988 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8989 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8990 | |
| 8991 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8992 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8993 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8994 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8995 |
| 8996 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8997 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8998 { | |
| 8999 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 9000 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9001 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9002 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9003 | |
| 9004 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9005 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9006 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9007 else | |
| 9008 #endif | |
| 9009 { | |
| 9010 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 9011 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 9012 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 9013 } |
| 9014 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9015 } | |
| 1460 | 9016 |
| 9017 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 9018 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 9019 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 9020 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 9021 } |
| 9022 | |
| 9023 /* | |
| 9024 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 9025 */ | |
| 9026 else do | |
| 9027 { | |
| 9028 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9029 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 9030 #endif | |
| 9031 dec_cursor(); | |
| 9032 | |
| 9033 /* start of word? */ | |
| 9034 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 9035 { | |
| 9036 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 9037 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 9038 } | |
| 9039 /* end of word? */ | |
| 9040 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 9041 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 9042 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 9043 { | |
| 9044 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9045 if (!revins_on) | |
| 9046 #endif | |
| 9047 inc_cursor(); | |
| 9048 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9049 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9050 dec_cursor(); | |
| 9051 #endif | |
| 9052 break; | |
| 9053 } | |
| 9054 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 9055 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 9056 else |
| 9057 { | |
| 9058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9059 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 9060 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 9061 #endif |
| 9062 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 9063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9064 /* | |
| 714 | 9065 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 9066 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 9067 * character. |
| 9068 */ | |
| 714 | 9069 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 9070 inc_cursor(); |
| 9071 #endif | |
| 9072 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9073 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9074 { | |
| 9075 revins_chars--; | |
| 9076 revins_legal++; | |
| 9077 } | |
| 9078 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 9079 break; | |
| 9080 #endif | |
| 9081 } | |
| 9082 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 9083 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 9084 break; | |
| 9085 } while ( | |
| 9086 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9087 revins_on || | |
| 9088 #endif | |
| 9089 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 9090 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 9091 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 9092 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 9093 } | |
| 9094 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9095 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9096 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9097 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9098 #endif | |
| 9099 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 9100 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9101 /* | |
| 9102 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 9103 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 9104 * with. | |
| 9105 */ | |
| 9106 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 9109 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9110 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9111 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9112 | |
| 9113 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 9114 * was there remains visible | |
| 9115 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 9116 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 9117 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 9118 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 9119 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 9120 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 9121 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 9122 | |
| 1514 | 9123 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9124 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 9125 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 9126 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 9127 if (did_backspace) | |
| 9128 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9129 #endif | |
| 9130 | |
| 7 | 9131 return did_backspace; |
| 9132 } | |
| 9133 | |
| 9134 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9135 static void | |
| 9136 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9137 int c; | |
| 9138 { | |
| 9139 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9140 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9141 |
| 9142 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9143 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9144 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9145 # endif | |
| 9146 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9147 return; | |
| 9148 | |
| 9149 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9150 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9151 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9152 { | |
| 840 | 9153 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9154 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9155 | |
| 9156 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9157 { | |
| 9158 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9159 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9160 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9161 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9162 } | |
| 9163 #endif | |
| 9164 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9165 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9166 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9167 { | |
| 9168 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9169 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9170 } | |
| 9171 #endif | |
| 7 | 9172 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9173 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9174 # endif | |
| 9175 } | |
| 9176 | |
| 9177 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9178 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9179 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9180 #endif | |
| 9181 } | |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9184 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9185 int dir; |
| 7 | 9186 { |
| 9187 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9188 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9189 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9190 # endif | |
| 9191 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9192 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9193 # endif |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9196 | |
| 4162 | 9197 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9198 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 7 | 9199 { |
| 9200 int row, col; | |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9203 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9206 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9207 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9208 } | |
| 9209 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9210 # endif | |
| 9211 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9212 | |
| 1434 | 9213 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9214 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9215 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9216 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9217 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9218 # endif | |
| 9219 ) | |
| 9220 # endif | |
| 9221 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9222 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9223 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9224 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9225 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9226 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9227 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9228 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9229 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9231 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9232 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9233 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9234 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9235 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9236 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9237 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9238 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9239 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9240 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9241 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9242 #endif |
| 1434 | 9243 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9244 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9245 # endif | |
| 9246 } | |
| 7 | 9247 |
| 4162 | 9248 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7 | 9249 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9252 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9253 # endif | |
| 9254 | |
| 1434 | 9255 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9256 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9257 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9258 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9259 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9260 { | |
| 9261 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9262 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9263 } | |
| 9264 # endif | |
| 9265 | |
| 7 | 9266 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9267 { | |
| 9268 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9269 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9270 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9271 # endif | |
| 9272 } | |
| 9273 } | |
| 9274 #endif | |
| 9275 | |
| 692 | 9276 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9277 static void |
| 692 | 9278 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9279 int c; | |
| 9280 { | |
| 9281 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9282 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9283 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9284 { | |
| 9285 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9286 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9287 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9288 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9289 # endif | |
| 9290 } | |
| 9291 | |
| 9292 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9293 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9294 else | |
| 846 | 9295 { |
| 692 | 9296 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9297 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9298 } | |
| 692 | 9299 } |
| 9300 #endif | |
| 9301 | |
| 9302 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9303 void |
| 9304 ins_scroll() | |
| 9305 { | |
| 9306 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9309 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9310 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9311 { | |
| 9312 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9313 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9314 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9315 # endif | |
| 9316 } | |
| 9317 } | |
| 9318 | |
| 9319 void | |
| 9320 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9321 { | |
| 9322 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9323 | |
| 9324 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9325 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9326 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9327 { |
| 9328 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9329 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9330 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9331 # endif | |
| 9332 } | |
| 9333 } | |
| 9334 #endif | |
| 9335 | |
| 9336 static void | |
| 9337 ins_left() | |
| 9338 { | |
| 9339 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9340 | |
| 9341 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9342 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9343 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9344 #endif | |
| 9345 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9346 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9347 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9348 { | |
| 941 | 9349 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9350 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9351 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9352 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9353 #endif | |
| 9354 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9355 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9356 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9357 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9358 revins_legal++; | |
| 9359 revins_chars++; | |
| 9360 #endif | |
| 9361 } | |
| 9362 | |
| 9363 /* | |
| 9364 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9365 * previous line | |
| 9366 */ | |
| 9367 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9368 { | |
| 9369 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9370 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9371 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9372 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9373 } | |
| 9374 else | |
| 9375 vim_beep(); | |
| 9376 } | |
| 9377 | |
| 9378 static void | |
| 9379 ins_home(c) | |
| 9380 int c; | |
| 9381 { | |
| 9382 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9383 | |
| 9384 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9385 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9386 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9387 #endif | |
| 9388 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9389 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9390 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9391 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9392 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9393 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9394 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9395 #endif | |
| 9396 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9397 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9398 } | |
| 9399 | |
| 9400 static void | |
| 9401 ins_end(c) | |
| 9402 int c; | |
| 9403 { | |
| 9404 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9405 | |
| 9406 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9407 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9408 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9409 #endif | |
| 9410 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9411 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9412 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9413 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9414 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9415 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9416 | |
| 9417 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9418 } | |
| 9419 | |
| 9420 static void | |
| 9421 ins_s_left() | |
| 9422 { | |
| 9423 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9424 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9425 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9426 #endif | |
| 9427 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9428 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9429 { | |
| 9430 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9431 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9432 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9433 } | |
| 9434 else | |
| 9435 vim_beep(); | |
| 9436 } | |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 static void | |
| 9439 ins_right() | |
| 9440 { | |
| 9441 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9442 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9443 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9444 #endif | |
| 9445 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9446 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9447 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9448 || virtual_active() | |
| 9449 #endif | |
| 7 | 9450 ) |
| 9451 { | |
| 9452 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9453 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9454 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9455 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9456 oneright(); | |
| 9457 else | |
| 9458 #endif | |
| 9459 { | |
| 9460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9461 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9462 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9463 else |
| 9464 #endif | |
| 9465 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9466 } | |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9469 revins_legal++; | |
| 9470 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9471 revins_chars--; | |
| 9472 #endif | |
| 9473 } | |
| 9474 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9475 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9476 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9477 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9478 { | |
| 9479 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9480 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9481 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9482 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9483 } | |
| 9484 else | |
| 9485 vim_beep(); | |
| 9486 } | |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 static void | |
| 9489 ins_s_right() | |
| 9490 { | |
| 9491 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9492 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9493 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9494 #endif | |
| 9495 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9496 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9497 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9498 { | |
| 9499 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9500 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9501 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9502 } | |
| 9503 else | |
| 9504 vim_beep(); | |
| 9505 } | |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 static void | |
| 9508 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9509 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9510 { | |
| 9511 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9512 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9513 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9514 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9515 #endif | |
| 9516 | |
| 9517 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9518 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9519 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9520 { | |
| 9521 if (startcol) | |
| 9522 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9523 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9524 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9525 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9526 #endif | |
| 9527 ) | |
| 9528 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9529 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9530 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9531 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9532 #endif | |
| 9533 } | |
| 9534 else | |
| 9535 vim_beep(); | |
| 9536 } | |
| 9537 | |
| 9538 static void | |
| 9539 ins_pageup() | |
| 9540 { | |
| 9541 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9544 |
| 9545 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9546 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9547 { | |
| 9548 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9549 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9550 { | |
| 9551 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9552 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9553 } | |
| 828 | 9554 return; |
| 9555 } | |
| 9556 #endif | |
| 9557 | |
| 7 | 9558 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9559 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9560 { | |
| 9561 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9562 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9563 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9564 #endif | |
| 9565 } | |
| 9566 else | |
| 9567 vim_beep(); | |
| 9568 } | |
| 9569 | |
| 9570 static void | |
| 9571 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9572 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9573 { | |
| 9574 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9575 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9576 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9577 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9578 #endif | |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9581 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9582 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9583 { | |
| 9584 if (startcol) | |
| 9585 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9586 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9587 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9588 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9589 #endif | |
| 9590 ) | |
| 9591 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9592 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9593 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9594 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9595 #endif | |
| 9596 } | |
| 9597 else | |
| 9598 vim_beep(); | |
| 9599 } | |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 static void | |
| 9602 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9603 { | |
| 9604 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9607 |
| 9608 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9609 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9610 { | |
| 9611 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9612 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9613 { | |
| 9614 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9615 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9616 } | |
| 828 | 9617 return; |
| 9618 } | |
| 9619 #endif | |
| 9620 | |
| 7 | 9621 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9622 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9623 { | |
| 9624 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9625 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9626 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9627 #endif | |
| 9628 } | |
| 9629 else | |
| 9630 vim_beep(); | |
| 9631 } | |
| 9632 | |
| 9633 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9634 static void | |
| 9635 ins_drop() | |
| 9636 { | |
| 9637 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9638 } | |
| 9639 #endif | |
| 9640 | |
| 9641 /* | |
| 9642 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9643 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9644 */ | |
| 9645 static int | |
| 9646 ins_tab() | |
| 9647 { | |
| 9648 int ind; | |
| 9649 int i; | |
| 9650 int temp; | |
| 9651 | |
| 9652 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9653 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9654 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9655 return FALSE; | |
| 9656 | |
| 9657 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9658 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9659 if (ind) | |
| 9660 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9661 #endif | |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 /* | |
| 9664 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9665 */ | |
| 9666 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 5438 | 9667 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) |
| 3873 | 9668 && get_sts_value() == 0) |
| 7 | 9669 return TRUE; |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9672 return TRUE; | |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9675 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9676 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9677 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9678 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9679 #endif | |
| 9680 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9681 | |
| 9682 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 5438 | 9683 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 3873 | 9684 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ |
| 9685 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); | |
| 7 | 9686 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ |
| 9687 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9688 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9689 | |
| 9690 /* | |
| 9691 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9692 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9693 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9694 */ | |
| 9695 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9696 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9697 { | |
| 9698 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9699 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9700 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9701 else | |
| 9702 #endif | |
| 9703 { | |
| 9704 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9705 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9706 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9707 } | |
| 9708 } | |
| 9709 | |
| 9710 /* | |
| 9711 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9712 */ | |
| 3873 | 9713 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) |
| 7 | 9714 { |
| 9715 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9716 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9717 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9718 pos_T pos; | |
| 9719 #endif | |
| 9720 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9721 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9722 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9723 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9724 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9725 | |
| 9726 /* | |
| 9727 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9728 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9729 */ | |
| 9730 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9731 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9732 { | |
| 9733 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9734 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9735 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9736 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9737 return FALSE; | |
| 9738 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9739 } | |
| 9740 else | |
| 9741 #endif | |
| 9742 { | |
| 9743 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9744 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9745 } | |
| 9746 | |
| 9747 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9748 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9749 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9750 | |
| 9751 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9752 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9753 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9754 { | |
| 9755 --fpos.col; | |
| 9756 --ptr; | |
| 9757 } | |
| 9758 | |
| 9759 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9760 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9761 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9762 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9763 { | |
| 9764 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9765 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9766 } | |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9769 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9770 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9771 | |
| 9772 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9773 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9774 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9775 { | |
| 9776 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9777 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9778 break; | |
| 9779 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9780 { | |
| 9781 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9782 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9783 { | |
| 9784 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9785 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9786 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9787 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9788 } | |
| 9789 } | |
| 9790 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9791 ++ptr; | |
| 9792 vcol += i; | |
| 9793 } | |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9796 { | |
| 9797 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9798 | |
| 9799 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9800 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9801 { | |
| 9802 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9803 ++ptr; | |
| 9804 ++repl_off; | |
| 9805 } | |
| 9806 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9807 { | |
| 9808 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9809 --ptr; | |
| 9810 --repl_off; | |
| 9811 } | |
| 9812 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9813 | |
| 9814 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9815 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9816 if (i > 0) | |
| 9817 { | |
| 1622 | 9818 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9819 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9820 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9821 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9822 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9823 #endif | |
| 9824 ) | |
| 9825 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9826 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9827 } | |
| 33 | 9828 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9829 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9830 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9831 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9832 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9833 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9834 } | |
| 9835 #endif | |
| 7 | 9836 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9837 | |
| 9838 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9839 /* | |
| 9840 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9841 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9842 * spacing. | |
| 9843 */ | |
| 9844 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9845 { | |
| 9846 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9847 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9848 | |
| 9849 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9850 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9851 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9852 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9853 } | |
| 9854 #endif | |
| 9855 } | |
| 9856 | |
| 9857 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9858 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9859 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9860 #endif | |
| 9861 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9862 } | |
| 9863 | |
| 9864 return FALSE; | |
| 9865 } | |
| 9866 | |
| 9867 /* | |
| 9868 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9869 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9870 */ | |
| 9871 static int | |
| 9872 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9873 int c; | |
| 9874 { | |
| 9875 int i; | |
| 9876 | |
| 9877 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9878 return FALSE; | |
| 9879 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9880 return TRUE; | |
| 9881 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9882 | |
| 9883 /* | |
| 9884 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9885 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9886 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9887 */ | |
| 9888 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9889 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9890 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9891 #endif | |
| 9892 ) | |
| 9893 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9894 | |
| 9895 /* | |
| 9896 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9897 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9898 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9899 * in open_line(). | |
| 9900 */ | |
| 9901 | |
| 844 | 9902 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9903 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9904 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9905 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9906 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9907 #endif | |
| 9908 | |
| 7 | 9909 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9910 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9911 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9912 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9913 # endif | |
| 9914 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9915 * current line. */ | |
| 9916 if (revins_on) | |
| 9917 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9918 #endif | |
| 9919 | |
| 9920 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9921 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9922 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9923 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9924 #endif | |
| 9925 0, old_indent); | |
| 9926 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9927 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9928 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9929 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9930 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9931 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9932 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9933 #endif | |
| 7 | 9934 |
| 9935 return (!i); | |
| 9936 } | |
| 9937 | |
| 9938 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9939 /* | |
| 9940 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9941 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9942 * done. | |
| 9943 */ | |
| 9944 static int | |
| 9945 ins_digraph() | |
| 9946 { | |
| 9947 int c; | |
| 9948 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9949 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9950 |
| 9951 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9952 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9953 { | |
| 9954 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9955 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9956 |
| 9957 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9958 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9959 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9960 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9961 #endif | |
| 9962 } | |
| 9963 | |
| 9964 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9965 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9966 #endif | |
| 9967 | |
| 9968 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9969 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9970 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9971 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9972 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9973 --no_mapping; |
| 9974 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9975 if (did_putchar) |
| 9976 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9977 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9978 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9979 |
| 7 | 9980 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9981 { | |
| 9982 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9983 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9984 #endif | |
| 9985 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9986 return NUL; | |
| 9987 } | |
| 9988 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9989 { | |
| 2811 | 9990 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9991 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9992 { | |
| 9993 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9994 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9995 |
| 9996 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9997 { | |
| 661 | 9998 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9999 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 10000 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 10001 } |
| 10002 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10003 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 10004 #endif | |
| 10005 } | |
| 10006 ++no_mapping; | |
| 10007 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 10008 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 10009 --no_mapping; |
| 10010 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 10011 if (did_putchar) |
| 10012 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 10013 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 10014 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 10015 if (cc != ESC) |
| 10016 { | |
| 10017 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 10018 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 10019 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10020 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10021 #endif | |
| 10022 return c; | |
| 10023 } | |
| 10024 } | |
| 10025 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10026 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10027 #endif | |
| 10028 return NUL; | |
| 10029 } | |
| 10030 #endif | |
| 10031 | |
| 10032 /* | |
| 10033 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 10034 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 10035 */ | |
| 3501 | 10036 int |
| 7 | 10037 ins_copychar(lnum) |
| 10038 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10039 { | |
| 10040 int c; | |
| 10041 int temp; | |
| 10042 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10045 { | |
| 10046 vim_beep(); | |
| 10047 return NUL; | |
| 10048 } | |
| 10049 | |
| 10050 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 10051 temp = 0; | |
| 10052 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 10053 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 10054 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10055 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10056 { | |
| 10057 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 10058 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 10059 } | |
| 10060 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 10061 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 10062 | |
| 10063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10064 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 10065 #else | |
| 10066 c = *ptr; | |
| 10067 #endif | |
| 10068 if (c == NUL) | |
| 10069 vim_beep(); | |
| 10070 return c; | |
| 10071 } | |
| 10072 | |
| 449 | 10073 /* |
| 10074 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 10075 */ | |
| 10076 static int | |
| 10077 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 10078 int tc; | |
| 10079 { | |
| 10080 int c = tc; | |
| 10081 | |
| 10082 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10083 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 10084 { | |
| 10085 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 10086 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 10087 else | |
| 10088 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 10089 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 10090 } | |
| 10091 else | |
| 10092 #endif | |
| 10093 { | |
| 10094 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 10095 if (c != NUL) | |
| 10096 { | |
| 10097 long tw_save; | |
| 10098 | |
| 10099 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 10100 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 10101 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 10102 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 10103 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 10104 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 10105 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 10106 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 10107 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 10108 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 10109 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10110 revins_chars++; | |
| 10111 revins_legal++; | |
| 10112 #endif | |
| 10113 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 10114 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 10115 } | |
| 10116 } | |
| 10117 return c; | |
| 10118 } | |
| 10119 | |
| 7 | 10120 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 10121 /* | |
| 10122 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 10123 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 10124 */ | |
| 10125 static void | |
| 10126 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 10127 int c; | |
| 10128 { | |
| 10129 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 10130 char_u *ptr; | |
| 10131 int i; | |
| 10132 int temp; | |
| 10133 | |
| 10134 /* | |
| 10135 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10136 */ | |
| 10137 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10138 { | |
| 10139 /* | |
| 10140 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10141 */ | |
| 10142 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10143 { | |
| 10144 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10145 /* | |
| 10146 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10147 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10148 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10149 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10150 * lines -- webb | |
| 10151 */ | |
| 10152 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10153 i = pos->col; | |
| 10154 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10155 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10156 ; | |
| 10157 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10158 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10159 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10160 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10161 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10162 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10163 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10164 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10165 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10166 else |
| 10167 #endif | |
| 10168 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10169 } | |
| 10170 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10171 { | |
| 10172 /* | |
| 10173 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10174 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10175 */ | |
| 10176 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10177 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10178 { | |
| 10179 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10180 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10181 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10182 { | |
| 10183 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10184 | |
| 10185 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10186 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10187 break; | |
| 10188 } | |
| 10189 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10190 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10191 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10192 } | |
| 10193 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10194 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10195 } |
| 10196 } | |
| 10197 | |
| 10198 /* | |
| 10199 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10200 */ | |
| 10201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10202 { | |
| 10203 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10204 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10205 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10206 } | |
| 10207 | |
| 10208 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10209 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10210 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10211 } | |
| 10212 #endif | |
| 10213 | |
| 10214 /* | |
| 10215 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10216 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10217 */ | |
| 10218 static colnr_T | |
| 10219 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10220 { | |
| 10221 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10222 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10223 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10224 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10225 } | |
| 3390 | 10226 |
| 10227 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10228 /* | |
| 10229 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10230 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10231 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10232 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10233 */ | |
| 10234 static char_u * | |
| 10235 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10236 int c; | |
| 10237 { | |
| 3547 | 10238 char_u *res; |
| 10239 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3390 | 10240 |
| 10241 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10242 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10243 return NULL; | |
| 10244 | |
| 3547 | 10245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 10246 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10247 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 10248 else | |
| 10249 #endif | |
| 10250 { | |
| 10251 buf[0] = c; | |
| 10252 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 10253 } | |
| 10254 | |
| 3390 | 10255 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ |
| 10256 ++textlock; | |
| 3547 | 10257 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ |
| 10258 | |
| 10259 res = NULL; | |
| 3390 | 10260 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) |
| 3547 | 10261 { |
| 10262 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10263 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the | |
| 10264 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ | |
| 10265 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) | |
| 10266 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10267 } | |
| 3390 | 10268 |
| 10269 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10270 --textlock; | |
| 10271 | |
| 10272 return res; | |
| 10273 } | |
| 10274 #endif |